cortex_m3: add auto maskisr
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About Jim-Tcl
507 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
508 @cindex Jim-Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
522 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
523 OpenOCD mailing list.
524
525 @itemize @bullet
526 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
527 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
528 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
529 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
530 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
531 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
532
533 @item @b{Missing Features}
534 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
535 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
536 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
537 enabled in OpenOCD.
538
539 @item @b{Scripts}
540 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
541 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
542 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
543
544 @item @b{Commands}
545 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
546 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
547 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
548 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
549
550 @item @b{Historical Note}
551 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
552 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
553 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
554 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
555
556 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
557 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
558 @end itemize
559
560 @node Running
561 @chapter Running
562 @cindex command line options
563 @cindex logfile
564 @cindex directory search
565
566 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
567 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
568 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
569 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
570 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
571
572 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
573 tell it how each debug session should work.
574 The @option{--help} option shows:
575 @verbatim
576 bash$ openocd --help
577
578 --help | -h display this help
579 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
580 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
581 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
582 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
583 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
584 --command | -c run <command>
585 @end verbatim
586
587 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
588 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
589 To specify one or more different
590 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
591
592 @example
593 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
594 @end example
595
596 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
597 @enumerate
598 @item the current directory,
599 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
600 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
601 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
602 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
603 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
604 @end enumerate
605 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
606
607 @quotation Note
608 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
609 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
610 @end quotation
611
612 @section Simple setup, no customization
613
614 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
615 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
616 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
617 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
618 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
619
620 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
621 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
622 the server like:
623
624 @example
625 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
626 @end example
627
628 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
629 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
630 If all goes well you'll see output something like
631
632 @example
633 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
634 For bug reports, read
635 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
636 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
637 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
638 @end example
639
640 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
641 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
642 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
643
644 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
645
646 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
647 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
648 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
649 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
650 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
651 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
652 ensure that this always succeeds.
653 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
654 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
655 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
656 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
657
658 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
659 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
660 those channels.
661
662 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
663 the @option{-d} option.
664
665 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
666 @option{-c} command line switch.
667
668 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
669 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
670 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
671 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
672 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
673 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
674 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
675
676 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
677 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
678
679 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
680
681 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
682 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
683 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
684 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
685
686 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
687 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
688
689 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
690 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
691 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
692 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
693 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
694 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
695 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
696
697 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
698
699 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
700 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
701 and a USB cable on the other.
702 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
703 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
704
705 @enumerate
706 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
707 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
708 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
709 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
710 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
711 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
712 debugging host.
713
714 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
715 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
716 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
717 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
718 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
719
720 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
721 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
722 with 1.2 Volt boards.
723
724 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
725 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
726 ways to connect the cable.
727 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
728 Be sure it's firmly connected.
729
730 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
731 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
732 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
733 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
734 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
735 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
736 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
737 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
738
739 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
740 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
741 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
742 but are tedious to set up.
743 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
744 adapter signals to the right board pins.
745
746 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
747 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
748 you are using to run OpenOCD.
749 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
750
751 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
752 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
753 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
754
755 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
756 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
757 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
758
759 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
760 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
761 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
762 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
763
764 @end enumerate
765
766 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
767 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
768 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
769
770 @section Project Directory
771
772 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
773
774 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
775 single directory for your work with a given board.
776 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
777 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
778 files accessed through semihosting,
779 and for code you upload to the target board.
780 It is also the natural place to write files,
781 such as log files and data you download from the board.
782
783 @section Configuration Basics
784
785 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
786 a variety of ways you can mix them.
787 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
788
789 @itemize
790 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
791 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
792 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
793 @end itemize
794
795 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
796 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
797 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
798
799 @example
800 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
801
802 # GDB can also flash my flash!
803 gdb_memory_map enable
804 gdb_flash_program enable
805
806 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
807 @end example
808
809 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
810
811 @example
812 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
813 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
814 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
815 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
816 @end example
817
818 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
819 each supporting a different development task.
820 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
821 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
822
823 @quotation Important
824 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
825 problems with how it treats variables.
826 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
827 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
828 that can be tested in a later script.
829 @end quotation
830
831 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
832 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
833 to simplify your work.
834
835 @section User Config Files
836 @cindex config file, user
837 @cindex user config file
838 @cindex config file, overview
839
840 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
841 in one place.
842 One of the following will match your situation best:
843
844 @itemize
845 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
846 provided by someone else.
847 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
848 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
849 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
850 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
851 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
852 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
853
854 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
855 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
856
857 @enumerate
858 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
859 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
860 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
861 @end enumerate
862
863 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
864 The first is an interface config file.
865 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
866 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
867 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
868 meet your deadline:
869
870 @example
871 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
872 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
873 @end example
874
875 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
876 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
877 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
878 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
879
880 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
881 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
882 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
883 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
884 target and board
885 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
886 @xref{Autoprobing}.
887
888 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
889 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
890 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
891 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
892
893 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
894 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
895 giving access to your particular flash chips.
896 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
897 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
898
899 @quotation Note
900 When you write new configuration files, please submit
901 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
902 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
903 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
904 will help support users of any board using that chip.
905 @end quotation
906
907 @item
908 You may may need to write some C code.
909 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
910 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
911 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
912 a new chip architecture.
913 @end itemize
914
915 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
916 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
917 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
918
919 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
920 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
921 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
922 @itemize
923
924 @item
925 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
926 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
927 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
928 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
929
930 @item
931 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
932 @cindex vector_catch
933 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
934 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
935 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
936 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
937 along with messaging and tracing setup.
938 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
939
940 @item
941 You might need to override some defaults.
942 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
943 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
944
945 @item
946 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
947 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
948 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
949 @end itemize
950
951 @section Project-Specific Utilities
952
953 A few project-specific utility
954 routines may well speed up your work.
955 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
956
957 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
958 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
959 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
960 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
961 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
962 may help:
963
964 @example
965 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
966 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
967 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
968 # Leave the CPU halted.
969 reset init
970
971 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
972 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
973
974 # Start running.
975 resume 0x20000000
976 @}
977 @end example
978
979 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
980 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
981 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
982 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
983 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
984
985 @example
986 proc newboot @{ @} @{
987 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
988 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
989 # "reset halt" would be slower.
990 reset init
991
992 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
993 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
994 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
995 flash protect 0 0 1 off
996 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
997 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
998 flash protect 0 0 1 on
999
1000 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1001 reset run
1002 @}
1003 @end example
1004
1005 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1006 from NAND.
1007 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1008 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1009 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1010
1011 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1012 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1013
1014 @section Target Software Changes
1015
1016 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1017 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1018 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1019 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1020 handling issues like:
1021
1022 @itemize @bullet
1023
1024 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1025 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1026 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1027 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1028 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1029 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1030 your debug sessions.
1031
1032 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1033 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1034 That might however be your only option.
1035
1036 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1037 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1038 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1039 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1040 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1041 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1042 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1043 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1044 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1045 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1046 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1047 instead of the whole thing.
1048 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1049 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1050
1051 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1052 @cindex ARM semihosting
1053 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1054 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1055 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1056 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1057 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1058 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1059 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1060 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1061 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1062 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1063 NAND or SPI flash.
1064
1065 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1066 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1067 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1068 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1069 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1070
1071 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1072 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1073 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1074 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1075 registers which can be used to change various features including
1076 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1077 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1078 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1079 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1080 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1081
1082 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1083 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1084 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1085 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1086 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1087
1088 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1089 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1090 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1091 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1092 early code execution can be debugged
1093 or firmware can be replaced.
1094
1095 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1096 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1097 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1098 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1099 operations like writing to memory.)
1100
1101 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1102 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1103 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1104 various kinds of message.
1105 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1106
1107 @end itemize
1108
1109 @section Target Hardware Setup
1110
1111 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1112 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1113 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1114 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1115 working with.}
1116
1117 Common issues include:
1118
1119 @itemize @bullet
1120
1121 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1122 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1123 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1124 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1125 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1126 or one from a daughtercard).
1127 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1128 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1129
1130 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1131 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1132 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1133 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1134 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1135 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1136
1137 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1138 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1139 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1140 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1141 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1142
1143
1144 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1145 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1146 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1147 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1148 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1149 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1150 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1151
1152 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1153 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1154 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1155 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1156 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1157
1158 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1159 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1160 used to start booting.
1161
1162 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1163 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1164 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1165 multiple audio codec chips).
1166 This interacts with software
1167 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1168 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1169 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1170 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1171 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1172 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1173 audio or video codecs are used.
1174
1175 @end itemize
1176
1177 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1178 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1179 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1180 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1181 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1182 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1183 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1184 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1185 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1186 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1187
1188
1189 @node Config File Guidelines
1190 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1191
1192 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1193 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1194 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1195 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1196
1197 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1198 with files including the ones listed here.
1199 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1200 @itemize @bullet
1201 @item @file{interface} ...
1202 These are for debug adapters.
1203 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1204 @example
1205 $ ls interface
1206 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1207 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1208 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1209 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1210 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1211 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1212 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1213 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1214 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1215 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1216 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1217 $
1218 @end example
1219 @item @file{board} ...
1220 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1221 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1222 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1223 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1224 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1225 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1226 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1227 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1228 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1229 a CPU and an FPGA.
1230 @example
1231 $ ls board
1232 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1233 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1234 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1235 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1236 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1237 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1238 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1239 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1240 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1241 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1242 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1243 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1244 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1245 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1246 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1247 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1248 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1249 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1250 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1251 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1252 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1253 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1254 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1255 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1256 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1257 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1258 $
1259 @end example
1260 @item @file{target} ...
1261 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1262 on a chip
1263 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1264 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1265 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1266 the target config file defines all of them.
1267 @example
1268 $ ls target
1269 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1270 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1271 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1272 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1273 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1274 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1275 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1276 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1277 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1278 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1279 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1280 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1281 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1282 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1283 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1284 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1285 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1286 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1287 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1288 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1289 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1290 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1291 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1292 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1293 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1294 $
1295 @end example
1296 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1297 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1298 @end itemize
1299
1300 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1301 file may override features in any of the above files by
1302 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1303 commands specific to their situation.
1304
1305 @section Interface Config Files
1306
1307 The user config file
1308 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1309
1310 @example
1311 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1312 @end example
1313
1314 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1315 in use today with OpenOCD.
1316 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1317 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1318
1319 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1320 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1321 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1322 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1323 and need to provide a driver for it.
1324
1325 @section Board Config Files
1326 @cindex config file, board
1327 @cindex board config file
1328
1329 The user config file
1330 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1331
1332 @example
1333 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1334 @end example
1335
1336 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1337 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1338 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1339
1340 @enumerate
1341 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1342 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1343 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1344 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1345 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1346 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1347 @end enumerate
1348
1349 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1350 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1351 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1352 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1353
1354 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1355 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1356 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1357 configuration works.
1358
1359 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1360
1361 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1362 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1363 convention on how to use certain variables.
1364
1365 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1366 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1367 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1368 used at will within a target configuration file.
1369
1370 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1371 for a board with three chips:
1372
1373 @example
1374 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1375 set CHIPNAME network
1376 set ENDIAN big
1377 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1378 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1379 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1380 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1381
1382 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1383 set CHIPNAME video
1384 set ENDIAN little
1385 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1386 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1387 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1388 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1389
1390 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1391 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1392 unset ENDIAN
1393 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1394 @end example
1395
1396 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1397 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1398 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1399 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1400 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1401 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1402 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1403 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1404
1405 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1406 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1407 naming collisions.
1408
1409 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1410 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1411 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1412 up other clocks and peripherals.
1413
1414 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1415 @cindex variable names
1416
1417 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1418 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1419 one such chip (as shown above).
1420 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1421 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1422 to promote consistency and
1423 so that board files can override target defaults.
1424
1425 Inputs to target config files include:
1426
1427 @itemize @bullet
1428 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1429 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1430 tap identifier dotted names.
1431 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1432 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1433 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1434 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1435 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1436 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1437 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1438 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1439 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1440 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1441 @end itemize
1442
1443 Outputs from target config files include:
1444
1445 @itemize @bullet
1446 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1447 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1448 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1449 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1450 specific to that board and that target.
1451 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1452 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1453 @end itemize
1454
1455 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1456 @cindex event, reset-init
1457 @cindex reset-init handler
1458
1459 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1460 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1461 fully set up yet.
1462 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1463 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1464 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1465 handler is one of the most important.
1466
1467 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1468 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1469 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1470 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1471 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1472
1473 @quotation Note
1474 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1475 are included here.
1476 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1477 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1478 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1479 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1480 @end quotation
1481
1482 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1483 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1484 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1485 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1486 those as parameters.
1487 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1488 and disabling the watchdog.
1489 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1490 the next developer doing such work.
1491 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1492
1493 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1494 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1495 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1496 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1497
1498 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1499
1500 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1501 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1502 a low JTAG clock rate.
1503 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1504 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1505 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1506 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1507 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1508 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1509 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1510
1511 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1512 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1513 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1514 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1515 which might be less than that.
1516
1517 @quotation Warning
1518 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1519 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1520 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1521 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1522 @end quotation
1523
1524 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1525 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1526 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1527 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1528 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1529 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1530
1531 @section Target Config Files
1532 @cindex config file, target
1533 @cindex target config file
1534
1535 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1536 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1537 more target config files like this:
1538
1539 @example
1540 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1541 @end example
1542
1543 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1544 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1545 In summary the target files should contain
1546
1547 @enumerate
1548 @item Set defaults
1549 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1550 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1551 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1552 @item On-Chip flash
1553 @end enumerate
1554
1555 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1556 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1557 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1558
1559 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1560 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1561 can talk to the chip.
1562 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1563 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1564 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1565 and other processing engines.
1566
1567 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1568
1569 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1570 letting board config files express environment-specific
1571 differences in how things should be set up.
1572
1573 @example
1574 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1575 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1576 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1577 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1578 @} else @{
1579 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1580 @}
1581
1582 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1583 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1584 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1585 @} else @{
1586 set _ENDIAN little
1587 @}
1588
1589 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1590 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1591 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1592 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1593 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1594 @} else @{
1595 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1596 @}
1597 @end example
1598 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1599
1600 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1601 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1602 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1603
1604 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1605 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1606 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1607
1608 @example
1609 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1610 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1611 @end example
1612
1613 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1614 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1615 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1616 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1617 for taps.
1618
1619 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1620 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1621 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1622 looks (in part) like this:
1623
1624 @example
1625 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1626 @end example
1627
1628 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1629 to source such a config file twice, with different
1630 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1631 it adds a different TAP each time.
1632
1633 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1634 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1635 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1636 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1637
1638 @example
1639 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1640 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1641 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1642 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1643 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1644 @end example
1645
1646 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1647 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1648
1649 @itemize
1650 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1651 plus a JRC to enable them
1652 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1653 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1654 is not currently used)
1655 @end itemize
1656
1657 @subsection Add CPU targets
1658
1659 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1660 GDB and other commands can use it.
1661 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1662 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1663 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1664 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1665
1666 @example
1667 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1668 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1669 @end example
1670
1671 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1672 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1673 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1674 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1675 a work area if you can.
1676 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1677
1678 @example
1679 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1680 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1681 @end example
1682 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1683 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1684 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1685 @cindex SMP
1686 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1687
1688 @example
1689 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1690 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1691 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1692 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1693 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1694 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1695 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1696 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1697 @end example
1698 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1699 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1700 @itemize @bullet
1701 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1702 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1703 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1704 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1705 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1706 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1707 @end itemize
1708
1709 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1710 command have been implemented.
1711 @itemize @bullet
1712 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1713 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1714 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1715 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1716 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1717 following example.
1718 @end itemize
1719
1720 @example
1721 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1722 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1723 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1724 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1725 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1726 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1727 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1728 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1729 > resume
1730 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1731 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1732 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1733 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1734 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1735 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1736 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1737 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1738 @end example
1739
1740
1741 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1742
1743 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1744 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1745 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1746
1747 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1748 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1749 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1750 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1751 both signals.
1752
1753 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1754 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1755 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1756 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1757 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1758 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1759 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1760 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1761 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1762 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1763 not available.)
1764
1765 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1766 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1767 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1768 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1769 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1770 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1771 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1772 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1773
1774 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1775 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1776 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1777 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1778 slower clock than they will use later.
1779 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1780 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1781 than they will use later.
1782 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1783
1784 @quotation Important
1785 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1786 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1787 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1788 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1789 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1790 @end quotation
1791
1792 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1793
1794 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1795 special high speed download features - enable it.
1796
1797 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1798
1799 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1800 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1801 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1802 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1803 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1804 If you are using an external trace port,
1805 configure it in your board config file.
1806 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1807 configure it in your target config file.
1808
1809 @example
1810 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1811 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1812 @end example
1813
1814 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1815
1816 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1817
1818 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1819 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1820 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1821 the TARGET (chip) file.
1822
1823 Examples:
1824 @itemize @bullet
1825 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1826 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1827 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1828 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1829 @end itemize
1830
1831 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1832 @section Translating Configuration Files
1833 @cindex translation
1834 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1835 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1836 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1837 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1838 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1839 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1840
1841 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1842 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1843 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1844 convert other scripts later on.
1845
1846 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1847 replace job:
1848
1849 @example
1850 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1851 #
1852 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1853 #
1854 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1855 #
1856 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1857
1858 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1859 global TARGETNAME
1860
1861 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1862
1863 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1864 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1865 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1866 @}
1867 @end example
1868
1869
1870
1871 @node Daemon Configuration
1872 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1873 @cindex initialization
1874 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1875 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1876 supported.
1877
1878 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1879 @section Configuration Stage
1880 @cindex configuration stage
1881 @cindex config command
1882
1883 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1884 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1885 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1886 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1887 inside startup scripts.
1888
1889 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1890 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1891 which may be issued interactively.
1892 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1893 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1894
1895 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1896 flash banks,
1897 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1898 and other basic setup.
1899 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1900 may access or activate TAPs.
1901 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1902 longer be issued.
1903
1904 @section Entering the Run Stage
1905
1906 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1907 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1908 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1909 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1910 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1911 You should see no errors at this point.
1912 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1913 commands you used to configure the server.
1914 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1915 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1916 on the scan chain.
1917
1918 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1919 become available.
1920 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1921 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1922 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1923 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1924 entry to the run stage.
1925
1926 @deffn {Config Command} init
1927 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1928 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1929 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1930 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1931 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1932 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1933
1934 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1935 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1936 configuration files and/or command line options.
1937
1938 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1939 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1940 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1941 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1942 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1943 @end deffn
1944
1945 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1946 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1947 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1948
1949 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1950 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1951 scan chain.
1952 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1953 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1954
1955 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1956 they return.
1957 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1958 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1959 @end deffn
1960
1961 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1962 @section TCP/IP Ports
1963 @cindex TCP port
1964 @cindex server
1965 @cindex port
1966 @cindex security
1967 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1968 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1969 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1970
1971 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1972 access using one or more of these ports.
1973 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1974 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1975 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1976
1977 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1978 @cindex GDB server
1979 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
1980 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
1981 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
1982 the normal use cases.
1983
1984 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
1985 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
1986 disables the gdb server.
1987
1988 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
1989 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
1990
1991 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
1992 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
1993
1994 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
1995 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
1996 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
1997
1998 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
1999 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2000 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2001 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2002 @end deffn
2003
2004 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2005 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2006 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2007 output from the Tcl engine.
2008 Intended as a machine interface.
2009 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2010 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2011
2012 @end deffn
2013
2014 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2015 Specify or query the
2016 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2017 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2018 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2019 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2020 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2021 @end deffn
2022
2023 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2024 @section GDB Configuration
2025 @cindex GDB
2026 @cindex GDB configuration
2027 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2028 The ones listed here are static and global.
2029 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2030 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2031
2032 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2033 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2034 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2035 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2036 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2037 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2038 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2039 @end deffn
2040
2041 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2042 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2043 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2044 vFlash packet is received.
2045 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2046 @end deffn
2047
2048 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2049 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2050 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2051 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2052 for flash programming to work.
2053 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2054 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2055 @end deffn
2056
2057 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2058 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2059 by GDB memory read packets.
2060 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2061 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2062 @end deffn
2063
2064 @anchor{Event Polling}
2065 @section Event Polling
2066
2067 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2068 where significant events can happen at any time.
2069 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2070 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2071 or to GDB.
2072
2073 Examples of such events include:
2074
2075 @itemize
2076 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2077 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2078 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2079 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2080 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2081 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2082 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2083 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2084 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2085 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2086 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2087 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2088 @end itemize
2089
2090 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2091 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2092 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2093 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2094 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2095
2096 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2097 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2098 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2099 to the various active targets.
2100 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2101 which is normally done in the background.
2102
2103 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2104 Poll the current target for its current state.
2105 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2106 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2107 specific information about the current state is printed.
2108 An optional parameter
2109 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2110
2111 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2112 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2113 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2114 @example
2115 > poll
2116 background polling: on
2117 target state: halted
2118 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2119 current mode: Supervisor
2120 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2121 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2122 >
2123 @end example
2124 @end deffn
2125
2126 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2127 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2128 @cindex config file, interface
2129 @cindex interface config file
2130
2131 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2132 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2133 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2134
2135 @quotation Note
2136 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2137 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2138 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2139 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2140 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2141 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2142 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2143 @end quotation
2144
2145 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2146 through commands in an interface configuration
2147 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2148 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2149
2150 @example
2151 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2152 @end example
2153
2154 These commands tell
2155 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2156 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2157
2158 @example
2159 # jlink interface
2160 interface jlink
2161 @end example
2162
2163 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2164
2165
2166 @section Interface Configuration
2167
2168 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2169 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2170 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2171
2172 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2173 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2174 target.
2175 @end deffn
2176
2177 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2178 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2179 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2180 @end deffn
2181 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2182 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2183 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2184 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2185 the hardware can support.
2186 @end deffn
2187
2188
2189
2190 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2191 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2192 @end deffn
2193
2194 @section Interface Drivers
2195
2196 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2197 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2198 available at run time.
2199
2200 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2201 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2202 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2203 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2204
2205 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2206 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2207 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2208 @end deffn
2209
2210 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2211 Displays status of RTCK option.
2212 Optionally sets that option first.
2213 @end deffn
2214 @end deffn
2215
2216 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2217 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2218 This has one driver-specific command:
2219
2220 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2221 Logs some status
2222 @end deffn
2223 @end deffn
2224
2225 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2226 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2227 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2228 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2229 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2230 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2231 @end deffn
2232
2233 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2234 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2235 @end deffn
2236
2237 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2238 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2239 @end deffn
2240
2241 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2242 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2243 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2244 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2245
2246 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2247 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2248 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2249 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2250 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2251 @end deffn
2252
2253 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2254 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2255 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2256 is connected to the host.
2257 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2258 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2259 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2260 @end deffn
2261
2262 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2263 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2264 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2265 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2266 @itemize @minus
2267 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2268 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2269 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2270 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2271 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2272 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2273 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2274 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2275 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2276 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2277 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2278 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2279 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2280 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2281 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2282 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2283 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2284 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2285 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2286 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2287 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2288 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2289 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2290 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2291 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2292 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2293 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2294 @end itemize
2295 @end deffn
2296
2297 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2298 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2299 default values are used.
2300 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2301 @example
2302 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2303 @end example
2304 @end deffn
2305
2306 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2307 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2308 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2309 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2310 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2311 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2312 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2313 @end deffn
2314
2315 For example, the interface config file for a
2316 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2317
2318 @example
2319 interface ft2232
2320 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2321 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2322 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2323 @end example
2324 @end deffn
2325
2326 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2327 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2328 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2329 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2330
2331 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2332 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2333 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2334 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2335 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2336 @end deffn
2337
2338 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2339 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2340 default values are used.
2341 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2342 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2343 @example
2344 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2345 @end example
2346 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2347 @example
2348 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2349 @end example
2350 @end deffn
2351
2352 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2353 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2354 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2355 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2356
2357 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2358 @example
2359 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2360 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2361 @end example
2362 @end deffn
2363
2364 @end deffn
2365
2366 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2367 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2368 This has one driver-specific command:
2369
2370 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2371 Display either the address of the I/O port
2372 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2373 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2374 This is a write-once setting.
2375 @end deffn
2376 @end deffn
2377
2378 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2379 Segger jlink USB adapter
2380 @c command: jlink caps
2381 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2382 @c command: jlink config
2383 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2384 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2385 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2386 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2387 @c set the MAC Address
2388 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2389 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2390 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2391 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2392 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2393 @c command: jlink config reset
2394 @c reset the current config
2395 @c command: jlink config save
2396 @c save the current config
2397 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2398 @c set the USB-Address,
2399 @c This will change the product id
2400 @c command: jlink info
2401 @c dumps status
2402 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2403 @c sets version 2 or 3
2404 @c command: jlink pid
2405 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2406 @end deffn
2407
2408 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2409 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2410 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2411 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2412 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2413
2414 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2415 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2416 This is a write-once setting.
2417 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2418
2419 @itemize @minus
2420 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2421 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2422 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2423 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2424 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2425 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2426 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2427 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2428 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2429 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2430 some versions of
2431 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2432 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2433 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2434 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2435 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2436 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2437 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2438 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2439 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2440 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2441 @end itemize
2442 @end deffn
2443
2444 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2445 Display either the address of the I/O port
2446 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2447 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2448 This is a write-once setting.
2449
2450 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2451 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2452 you may encounter a problem.
2453 @end deffn
2454
2455 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2456 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2457 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2458 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2459 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2460 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2461
2462 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2463 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2464 @quotation Tip
2465 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2466 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2467 @example
2468 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2469 > adapter_khz 500
2470 @end example
2471 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2472 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2473 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2474 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2475 large set of samples.
2476 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2477 @example
2478 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2479 @end example
2480 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2481 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2482
2483 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2484 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2485 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2486 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2487 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2488 @end quotation
2489 @end deffn
2490
2491 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2492 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2493 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2494 @end deffn
2495
2496 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2497 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2498
2499 @example
2500 interface parport
2501 parport_port 0x278
2502 parport_cable wiggler
2503 @end example
2504 @end deffn
2505
2506 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2507 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2508 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2509 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2510 @end deffn
2511 @end deffn
2512
2513 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2514 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2515 @end deffn
2516
2517 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2518 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2519 @end deffn
2520
2521 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2522 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2523
2524 @quotation Note
2525 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2526 which are not currently documented here.
2527 @end quotation
2528 @end deffn
2529
2530 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2531 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2532 @end deffn
2533
2534 @quotation Note
2535 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2536 which are not currently documented here.
2537 @end quotation
2538
2539 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2540 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2541 No arguments: print status.
2542 @end deffn
2543
2544 @section Transport Configuration
2545 @cindex Transport
2546 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2547 and the debug adapter you are using,
2548 several transports may be available to
2549 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2550 @deffn Command {transport list}
2551 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2552 version of OpenOCD.
2553 @end deffn
2554
2555 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2556 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2557 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2558 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2559 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2560 @end deffn
2561
2562 @subsection JTAG Transport
2563 @cindex JTAG
2564 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2565 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2566 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2567 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2568 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2569 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2570 @subsection SWD Transport
2571 @cindex SWD
2572 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2573 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2574 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2575 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2576 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2577 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2578 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2579 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2580 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2581 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2582 expected to change.
2583 @end deffn
2584 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2585 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2586 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2587 No parameters: displays current settings.
2588 @end deffn
2589
2590 @subsection SPI Transport
2591 @cindex SPI
2592 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2593 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2594 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2595 solution for flash programming.
2596
2597 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2598 @section JTAG Speed
2599 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2600 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2601 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2602 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2603 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2604 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2605 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2606 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2607 power management software that may be active.
2608
2609 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2610 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2611 target event handler.
2612 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2613 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2614 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2615 sets up those clocks).
2616 @xref{Target Events}.
2617 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2618 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2619 in the target config file.
2620 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2621 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2622 config file instead.
2623 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2624 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2625 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2626
2627 @example
2628 jtag_rclk 3000
2629 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2630 @end example
2631
2632 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2633 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2634 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2635 may not be the fastest solution.
2636
2637 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2638 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2639 which support adaptive clocking.
2640
2641 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2642 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2643 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2644 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2645 than the speed specified.
2646
2647 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2648 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2649 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2650 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2651
2652 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2653 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2654 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2655 JTAG clocking after setup.
2656 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2657 If the interface device can not
2658 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2659 @end deffn
2660
2661 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2662 @cindex adaptive clocking
2663 @cindex RTCK
2664 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2665 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2666 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2667 @example
2668 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2669 jtag_rclk 3000
2670 @end example
2671 @end defun
2672
2673 @node Reset Configuration
2674 @chapter Reset Configuration
2675 @cindex Reset Configuration
2676
2677 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2678 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2679 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2680 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2681 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2682 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2683 Please see the various board files for examples.
2684
2685 @quotation Note
2686 To maintainers and integrators:
2687 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2688 Normally the board configuration file
2689 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2690 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2691
2692 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2693 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2694 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2695 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2696 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2697 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2698 @end quotation
2699
2700 @section Types of Reset
2701
2702 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2703 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2704 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2705
2706 @itemize @bullet
2707 @item
2708 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2709 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2710 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2711 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2712 @item
2713 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2714 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2715 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2716 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2717 @item
2718 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2719 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2720 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2721 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2722 @item
2723 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2724 several other types of reset.
2725 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2726 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2727 There may be individual module resets.
2728 @end itemize
2729
2730 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2731 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2732 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2733 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2734 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2735 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2736 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2737 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2738 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2739
2740 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2741 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2742
2743 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2744 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2745 common issues are:
2746
2747 @itemize @bullet
2748
2749 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2750 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2751 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2752 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2753 when either of those signals is not connected.
2754 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2755 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2756 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2757 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2758
2759 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2760 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2761 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2762 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2763
2764 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2765 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2766 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2767 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2768 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2769 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2770 hardware debouncing.
2771 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2772 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2773
2774 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2775 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2776 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2777 to use push/pull output drivers.
2778 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2779 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2780 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2781 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2782
2783 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2784 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2785 issues (not limited to errata).
2786 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2787 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2788 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2789 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2790 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2791 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2792 @end itemize
2793
2794 There can also be other issues.
2795 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2796 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2797 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2798 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2799 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2800 Agreement (NDA).
2801
2802 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2803 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2804 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2805
2806 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2807 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2808
2809 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2810
2811 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2812 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2813 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2814 allowing it to be deasserted.
2815 @end deffn
2816
2817 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2818 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2819 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2820 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2821 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2822 @end deffn
2823
2824 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2825 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2826 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2827 allowing it to be deasserted.
2828 @end deffn
2829
2830 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2831 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2832 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2833 @end deffn
2834
2835 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2836 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2837 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2838 configuration scripts.
2839
2840 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2841 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2842 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2843 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2844 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2845 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2846 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2847 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2848
2849 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2850 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2851 @var{gates},
2852 @var{trst_type},
2853 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2854 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2855 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2856 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2857 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2858 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2859
2860 @itemize
2861 @item
2862 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2863 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2864 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2865 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2866 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2867
2868 @quotation Tip
2869 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2870 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2871 @end quotation
2872
2873 @item
2874 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2875 signal implementations.
2876 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2877 indicating everything behaves normally.
2878 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2879 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2880 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2881 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2882 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2883 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2884 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2885
2886 @item
2887 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2888 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2889 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2890 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2891 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2892 while SRST is asserted.
2893 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2894 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2895 @end itemize
2896
2897 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2898 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2899 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2900 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2901 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2902
2903 @itemize
2904 @item
2905 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2906 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2907 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2908 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2909
2910 @item
2911 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2912 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2913 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2914 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2915 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2916 @end itemize
2917 @end deffn
2918
2919 @section Custom Reset Handling
2920 @cindex events
2921
2922 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2923 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2924 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2925 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2926 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2927 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2928
2929 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2930 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2931 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2932 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2933 want to reset everything at once.
2934
2935 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2936 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2937 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2938 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2939 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2940 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2941 needs special attention.
2942
2943 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2944 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2945 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2946 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2947 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2948 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2949 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2950 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2951
2952 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2953 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2954 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2955 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2956 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2957
2958 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2959 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2960 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2961 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2962 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2963 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2964 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2965 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2966 or potentially some other value.
2967
2968 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2969 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2970 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2971 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2972 (or their associated targets)
2973 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2974
2975 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2976 they return.
2977 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2978 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2979 @end deffn
2980
2981 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2982 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2983 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2984 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2985 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2986 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2987 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2988 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2989 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2990 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2991 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2992 @end deffn
2993
2994 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2995 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2996 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2997 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2998 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2999 @end deffn
3000
3001
3002 @node TAP Declaration
3003 @chapter TAP Declaration
3004 @cindex TAP declaration
3005 @cindex TAP configuration
3006
3007 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3008 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3009
3010 @itemize @bullet
3011 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3012 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3013 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3014 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3015 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3016 start running that code.
3017 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3018 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3019 and missing connections
3020 @end itemize
3021
3022 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3023 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3024 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3025 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3026 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3027
3028 @section Scan Chains
3029 @cindex scan chain
3030
3031 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3032 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3033 They also need to be added to
3034 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3035 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3036 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3037 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3038 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3039 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3040 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3041 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3042
3043 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3044 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3045 command, presented in the next chapter.
3046 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3047 debugging targets.)
3048 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3049
3050 @verbatim
3051 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3052 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3053 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3054 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3055 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3056 @end verbatim
3057
3058 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3059 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3060 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3061 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3062 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3063 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3064 until they are told to do so.
3065
3066 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3067 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3068 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3069 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3070
3071 @example
3072 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3073 @end example
3074
3075 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3076 by a given chip.
3077 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3078 and so forth.
3079 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3080 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3081 a single chip and between them.
3082 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3083
3084 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3085 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3086 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3087 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3088 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3089 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3090 includes commands something like this:
3091
3092 @example
3093 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3094 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3095 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3096 @end example
3097
3098 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3099 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3100 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3101
3102 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3103 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3104 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3105 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3106 @example
3107 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3108 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3109 @}
3110 @end example
3111 @end deffn
3112
3113 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3114 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3115 and their status.
3116 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3117 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3118 but systems with a JTAG router can
3119 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3120 @end deffn
3121
3122 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3123 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3124
3125 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3126 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3127
3128 @section TAP Names
3129 @cindex dotted name
3130
3131 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3132 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3133 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3134 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3135 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3136 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3137 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3138 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3139
3140 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3141 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3142 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3143
3144 @quotation Tip
3145 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3146 This feature is still present.
3147 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3148 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3149 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3150 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3151 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3152 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3153 @end quotation
3154
3155 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3156
3157 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3158 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3159 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3160 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3161 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3162
3163 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3164 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3165 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3166 overridable.
3167
3168 @cindex TAP naming convention
3169 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3170 and should follow this convention:
3171
3172 @itemize @bullet
3173 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3174 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3175 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3176 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3177 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3178 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3179 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3180 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3181 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3182 with a single TAP;
3183 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3184 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3185 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3186 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3187 @end itemize
3188
3189 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3190
3191 @itemize @bullet
3192 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3193 @*The length in bits of the
3194 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3195 @end itemize
3196
3197 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3198
3199 @itemize @bullet
3200 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3201 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3202 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3203 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3204 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3205 (the TAP is linked in).
3206 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3207 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3208 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3209 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3210 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3211 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3212 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3213 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3214 values that were found but not included in the list.
3215
3216 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3217 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3218 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3219 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3220 hardware to find these values.
3221 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3222 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3223 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3224 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3225 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3226 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3227 the various chip IDs.
3228 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3229 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3230 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3231 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3232 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3233 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3234 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3235 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3236 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3237 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3238 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3239 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3240 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3241 @end itemize
3242 @end deffn
3243
3244 @section Other TAP commands
3245
3246 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3247 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3248 At this writing this TAP attribute
3249 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3250 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3251 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3252 See the next section for information about the available events.
3253
3254 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3255 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3256 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3257 @end deffn
3258
3259 @anchor{TAP Events}
3260 @section TAP Events
3261 @cindex events
3262 @cindex TAP events
3263
3264 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3265 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3266 The other applies to debugger targets,
3267 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3268
3269 The TAP events currently defined are:
3270
3271 @itemize @bullet
3272 @item @b{post-reset}
3273 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3274 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3275 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3276 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3277 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3278
3279 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3280 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3281 of any particular target.
3282 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3283 @item @b{setup}
3284 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3285 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3286 @item @b{tap-disable}
3287 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3288 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3289 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3290 @item @b{tap-enable}
3291 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3292 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3293 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3294 @end itemize
3295
3296 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3297 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3298 contents to be accurate), you might:
3299
3300 @example
3301 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3302 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3303 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3304 @}
3305 @end example
3306
3307
3308 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3309 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3310 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3311 @cindex jrc
3312
3313 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3314 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3315 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3316 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3317 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3318
3319 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3320 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3321 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3322 be visible.
3323 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3324 ignores, such as:
3325
3326 @itemize
3327 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3328 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3329 TAPs receive new instructions.
3330 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3331 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3332 @end itemize
3333
3334 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3335 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3336 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3337 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3338
3339 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3340 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3341
3342 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3343 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3344 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3345 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3346 should define TAP event handlers using
3347 code that looks something like this:
3348
3349 @example
3350 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3351 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3352 @}
3353 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3354 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3355 @}
3356 @end example
3357
3358 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3359
3360 @example
3361 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3362 @end example
3363
3364 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3365 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3366 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3367 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3368
3369 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3370 If necessary, disables the tap
3371 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3372 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3373 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3374 and "0" if it is disabled.
3375 @end deffn
3376
3377 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3378 If necessary, enables the tap
3379 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3380 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3381 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3382 and "0" if it is disabled.
3383 @end deffn
3384
3385 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3386 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3387 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3388 and "0" if it is disabled.
3389
3390 @quotation Note
3391 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3392 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3393 @end quotation
3394 @end deffn
3395
3396 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3397 @section Autoprobing
3398 @cindex autoprobe
3399 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3400
3401 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3402 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3403 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3404 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3405
3406 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3407 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3408 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3409 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3410 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3411 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3412 right when they come out of reset).
3413
3414 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3415
3416 @example
3417 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3418 reset_config trst_and_srst
3419 jtag_rclk 8
3420 @end example
3421
3422 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3423 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3424
3425 @enumerate
3426 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3427 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3428 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3429 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3430 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3431 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3432 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3433 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3434 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3435 that is discovered.
3436 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3437 register, it will report it.
3438 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3439 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3440 @end enumerate
3441
3442 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3443 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3444 that's a bit more complex:
3445
3446 @example
3447 clock speed 8 kHz
3448 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3449 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3450 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3451 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3452 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3453 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3454 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3455 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3456 @end example
3457
3458 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3459 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3460 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3461 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3462 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3463 and so forth.
3464
3465 @node CPU Configuration
3466 @chapter CPU Configuration
3467 @cindex GDB target
3468
3469 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3470 You can also access these targets without GDB
3471 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3472 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3473 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3474 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3475
3476 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3477 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3478
3479 @section Target List
3480 @cindex target, current
3481 @cindex target, list
3482
3483 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3484 where each member has a name.
3485 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3486 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3487 (plural!) command.
3488 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3489 look like with more than one:
3490 @verbatim
3491 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3492 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3493 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3494 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3495 @end verbatim
3496
3497 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3498 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3499 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3500 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3501 space seen by that current target.
3502 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3503 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3504 are examples; and there are many more.
3505
3506 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3507
3508 @deffn Command {target count}
3509 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3510 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3511 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3512
3513 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3514 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3515 @example
3516 set c [target count]
3517 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3518 # Assuming you have created this function
3519 print_target_details $x
3520 @}
3521 @end example
3522 @end deffn
3523
3524 @deffn Command {target current}
3525 Returns the name of the current target.
3526 @end deffn
3527
3528 @deffn Command {target names}
3529 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3530 @example
3531 foreach t [target names] @{
3532 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3533 @}
3534 @end example
3535 @end deffn
3536
3537 @deffn Command {target number} number
3538 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3539 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3540
3541 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3542 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3543 @example
3544 set thename [target number $x]
3545 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3546 @end example
3547 @end deffn
3548
3549 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3550 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3551
3552 @deffn Command targets [name]
3553 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3554 command names are singular.}
3555
3556 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3557 targets in a user friendly form.
3558
3559 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3560 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3561 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3562 @end deffn
3563
3564 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3565 @cindex target type
3566 @cindex CPU type
3567 @cindex CPU variant
3568
3569 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3570 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3571 when calling @command{target create}.
3572 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3573 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3574 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3575 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3576 what core-specific commands may be available
3577 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3578 and more.
3579
3580 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3581 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3582 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3583 worked around in some chip versions.
3584
3585 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3586 since there's a command to list them.
3587 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3588 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3589
3590 @anchor{target types}
3591 @deffn Command {target types}
3592 Lists all supported target types.
3593 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3594
3595 @itemize @bullet
3596 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3597 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3598 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3599 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3600 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3601 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3602 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3603 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3604 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3605 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3606 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3607 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3608 @itemize @minus
3609 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3610 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3611 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3612 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3613 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3614 @end itemize
3615 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3616 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3617 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3618 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3619 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3620 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3621 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3622 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3623 There are several variants defined:
3624 @itemize @minus
3625 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3626 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3627 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3628 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3629 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3630 @end itemize
3631 @end itemize
3632 @end deffn
3633
3634 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3635 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3636 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3637 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3638 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3639 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3640 reflect design generations;
3641 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3642 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3643
3644 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3645 @section Target Configuration
3646
3647 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3648 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3649 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3650 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3651 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3652
3653 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3654 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3655 optional parts.
3656 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3657 command, created as part of target creation.
3658
3659 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3660 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3661 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3662 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3663 to be much more board-specific.
3664 The key steps you use might look something like this
3665
3666 @example
3667 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3668 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3669 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3670 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3671 @end example
3672
3673 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3674 on-chip SRAM.
3675 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3676 writes to target memory;
3677 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3678 GDB memory checksumming;
3679 and more.
3680
3681 @quotation Warning
3682 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3683 inaccessible when application code
3684 (such as an operating system)
3685 enables or disables the MMU.
3686 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3687 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3688 easy access to other addresses needed.
3689 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3690 @end quotation
3691
3692 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3693 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3694 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3695 controllers.
3696 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3697 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3698 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3699
3700 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3701 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3702 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3703 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3704 purposes including additional configuration.
3705
3706 @itemize @bullet
3707 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3708 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3709 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3710 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3711
3712 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3713 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3714 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3715 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3716 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3717 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3718 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3719 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3720
3721 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3722 @end itemize
3723 @end deffn
3724
3725 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3726 The options accepted by this command may also be
3727 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3728 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3729 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3730
3731 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3732 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3733 and changing its endianness or variant.
3734
3735 @itemize @bullet
3736
3737 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3738 used to access this target.
3739
3740 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3741 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3742
3743 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3744 @xref{Target Events}.
3745 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3746 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3747 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3748 same event name assigns only one handler.
3749
3750 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3751 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3752
3753 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3754 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3755 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3756 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3757 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3758 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3759 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3760
3761 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3762 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3763 or virtual address is being used.
3764
3765 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3766 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3767
3768 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3769 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3770 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3771 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3772 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3773
3774 @end itemize
3775 @end deffn
3776
3777 @section Other $target_name Commands
3778 @cindex object command
3779
3780 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3781 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3782
3783 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3784 Once a button is created a button
3785 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3786 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3787 configure it like this:
3788
3789 @example
3790 # Create
3791 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3792 # Modify
3793 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3794 # Query
3795 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3796 # Report
3797 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3798 @end example
3799
3800 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3801 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3802
3803 @example
3804 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3805 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3806 @end example
3807
3808 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3809
3810 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3811 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3812 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3813 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3814 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3815 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3816 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3817 They are not otherwise documented here.
3818 @end deffn
3819
3820 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3821 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3822 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3823 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3824 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3825 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3826 the target side uses raw memory.
3827
3828 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3829 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3830 The script orientation comes from working with data
3831 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3832 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3833 and neither store nor return those values.
3834
3835 @itemize
3836 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3837 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3838 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3839 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3840 @end itemize
3841 @end deffn
3842
3843 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3844 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3845 @command{$target_name configure}
3846 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3847 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3848 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3849 There are a few special cases:
3850
3851 @itemize @bullet
3852 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3853 event named @var{event_name}.
3854 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3855 two parameters.
3856 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3857 This is a special case because this is set using
3858 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3859 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3860 @end itemize
3861
3862 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3863 all the targets you might use something like this:
3864
3865 @example
3866 foreach name [target names] @{
3867 set y [$name cget -endian]
3868 set z [$name cget -type]
3869 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3870 $x $name $y $z]
3871 @}
3872 @end example
3873 @end deffn
3874
3875 @anchor{target curstate}
3876 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3877 Displays the current target state:
3878 @code{debug-running},
3879 @code{halted},
3880 @code{reset},
3881 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3882 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3883 @end deffn
3884
3885 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3886 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3887 currently associated with this target.
3888 @xref{Target Events}.
3889 @end deffn
3890
3891 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3892 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3893 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3894 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3895 @end deffn
3896
3897 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3898 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3899 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3900 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3901 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3902 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3903 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3904 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3905 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3906 @end deffn
3907
3908 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3909 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3910 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3911 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3912 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3913 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3914 @end deffn
3915
3916 @anchor{Target Events}
3917 @section Target Events
3918 @cindex target events
3919 @cindex events
3920 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3921 For example:
3922 @itemize @bullet
3923 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3924 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3925 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3926 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3927 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3928 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3929 to set up system clocks or
3930 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3931 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3932 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3933 @end itemize
3934
3935 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3936 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3937 @command{target create ... -event}.
3938
3939 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3940 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3941 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3942
3943 @example
3944 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3945 echo "Reset..."
3946 reset halt
3947 @}
3948 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3949 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3950 echo "Reset..."
3951 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3952 reset init
3953 @}
3954 @end example
3955
3956 The following target events are defined:
3957
3958 @itemize @bullet
3959 @item @b{debug-halted}
3960 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3961 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3962 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3963 @item @b{early-halted}
3964 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3965 @ignore
3966 @item @b{examine-end}
3967 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3968 @item @b{examine-start}
3969 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3970 @end ignore
3971 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3972 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3973 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3974 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3975 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3976 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3977 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3978 @* When GDB disconnects
3979 @item @b{gdb-end}
3980 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3981 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3982 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3983 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3984 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3985 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3986 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3987 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3988 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3989 @item @b{gdb-start}
3990 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3991 @item @b{halted}
3992 @* The target has halted
3993 @ignore
3994 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3995 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3996 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3997 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3998 @end ignore
3999 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4000 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4001 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4002 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4003 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4004 @item @b{reset-assert}
4005 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4006 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4007 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4008 it instead of asserting SRST.
4009 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4010 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4011 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4012 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4013 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4014 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4015 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4016 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4017 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4018 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4019 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4020 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4021 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4022 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4023 released on the scan chain.
4024 @item @b{reset-end}
4025 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4026 @ignore
4027 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4028 @* Currently not used
4029 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4030 @* Currently not used
4031 @end ignore
4032 @item @b{reset-init}
4033 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4034 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4035
4036 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4037 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4038 multiplexing, and so on.
4039 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4040 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4041 @item @b{reset-start}
4042 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4043 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4044
4045 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4046 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4047 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4048 @ignore
4049 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4050 @* Currently not used
4051 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4052 @* Currently not used
4053 @end ignore
4054 @item @b{resume-start}
4055 @* Before any target is resumed
4056 @item @b{resume-end}
4057 @* After all targets have resumed
4058 @item @b{resume-ok}
4059 @* Success
4060 @item @b{resumed}
4061 @* Target has resumed
4062 @end itemize
4063
4064
4065 @node Flash Commands
4066 @chapter Flash Commands
4067
4068 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4069 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4070 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4071 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4072 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4073 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4074 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4075 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4076 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4077
4078 Flash Steps:
4079 @enumerate
4080 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4081 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4082 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4083 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4084 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4085 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4086 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4087 @item GDB Flashing
4088 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4089 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4090 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4091 @end enumerate
4092
4093 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4094 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4095 so that it can't boot.
4096 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4097 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4098
4099 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4100 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4101 @cindex flash configuration
4102
4103 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4104 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4105 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4106 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4107 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4108 see the driver-specific documentation.
4109
4110 @itemize @bullet
4111 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4112 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4113 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4114 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4115 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4116 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4117 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4118 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4119 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4120 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4121 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4122 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4123 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4124 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4125 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4126 commands to the flash controller.
4127 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4128 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4129 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4130 for more information.
4131 @end itemize
4132 @quotation Note
4133 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4134 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4135 @end quotation
4136 @end deffn
4137
4138 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4139 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4140 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4141 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4142 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4143 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4144 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4145 @end deffn
4146
4147 @deffn Command {flash list}
4148 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4149 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4150 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4151 @end deffn
4152
4153 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4154 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4155 depends on the flash type.
4156 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4157 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4158 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4159 but most don't bother.
4160 @end deffn
4161
4162 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4163 @cindex flash erasing
4164 @cindex flash reading
4165 @cindex flash writing
4166 @cindex flash programming
4167
4168 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4169 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4170 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4171 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4172 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4173
4174 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4175 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4176 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4177 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4178 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4179
4180 @quotation Note
4181 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4182 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4183 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4184 back to a flash bank.
4185 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4186 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4187 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4188 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4189 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4190 @end quotation
4191
4192 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4193 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4194 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4195 disabled first.
4196 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4197 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4198 @xref{flash protect}.
4199
4200 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4201 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4202 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4203 up to and including @var{last}.
4204 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4205 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4206 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4207 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4208 @end deffn
4209
4210 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4211 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4212 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4213 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4214 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4215 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4216 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4217 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4218 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4219 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4220 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4221 before erase starts.
4222 @end deffn
4223
4224 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4225 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4226 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4227 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4228 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4229 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4230 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4231 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4232 before issuing this command.
4233 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4234 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4235 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4236 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4237 @end deffn
4238 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4239
4240 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4241 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4242 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4243 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4244 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4245 @end deffn
4246
4247 @anchor{flash write_image}
4248 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4249 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4250 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4251 to the base address for each section in the image.
4252 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4253 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4254 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4255 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4256 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4257 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4258 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4259 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4260 each image section.
4261
4262 @quotation Warning
4263 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4264 data you want to preserve.
4265 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4266 sections might be erased with no notice.
4267 @itemize
4268 @item
4269 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4270 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4271 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4272 @item
4273 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4274 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4275 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4276 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4277 @end itemize
4278 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4279 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4280 @end quotation
4281
4282 @end deffn
4283
4284 @section Other Flash commands
4285 @cindex flash protection
4286
4287 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4288 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4289 and display that status.
4290 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4291 @end deffn
4292
4293 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4294 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4295 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4296 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4297 and possibly stale information.
4298 @end deffn
4299
4300 @anchor{flash protect}
4301 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4302 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4303 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4304 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4305 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4306 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4307 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4308 @end deffn
4309
4310 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4311 @section Flash Driver List
4312 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4313 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4314 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4315
4316 @subsection External Flash
4317
4318 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4319 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4320 @cindex CFI
4321 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4322 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4323 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4324 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4325 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4326 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4327 configure a bus and its timings), or
4328 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4329 on the flash chip.
4330 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4331 speed up operation.
4332
4333 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4334
4335 @itemize
4336 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4337 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4338 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4339 @end itemize
4340
4341 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4342 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4343
4344 @example
4345 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4346 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4347 @end example
4348
4349 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4350 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4351 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4352
4353 @example
4354 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4355 @end example
4356
4357 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4358 @end deffn
4359
4360 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4361 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4362 @cindex SMI
4363 @cindex stmsmi
4364 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4365 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4366 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4367 SPI flash devices.
4368 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4369 flash devices can be connected.
4370
4371 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4372 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4373 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4374 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4375 the flash content.
4376
4377 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4378 to identify the memory bank.
4379 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4380 flash size, are detected automatically.
4381
4382 @example
4383 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4384 @end example
4385
4386 @end deffn
4387
4388 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4389
4390 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4391 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4392 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4393 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4394 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4395 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4396
4397 @example
4398 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4399 @end example
4400 @end deffn
4401
4402 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4403 @cindex at91sam3
4404 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4405 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4406 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4407 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4408 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4409 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4410 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4411 chips are confirmed.}
4412
4413 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4414 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4415 the following fixed locations:
4416
4417 @example
4418 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4419 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4420 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4421 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4422 @end example
4423
4424 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4425 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4426 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4427
4428 @itemize
4429 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4430 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4431 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4432 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4433 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4434 @end itemize
4435
4436 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4437
4438 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4439 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4440 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4441 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4442 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4443 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4444 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4445
4446 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4447 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4448 @end deffn
4449
4450 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4451 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4452 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4453 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4454 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4455 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4456 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4457 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4458 @end deffn
4459
4460 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4461 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4462 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4463 @end deffn
4464 @end deffn
4465
4466 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4467 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4468 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4469 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4470 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4471
4472 @example
4473 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4474 @end example
4475
4476 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4477 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4478
4479 @itemize
4480 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4481 @item @var{banks}
4482 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4483 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4484 @item @var{pages_size}
4485 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4486 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4487 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4488 @end itemize
4489
4490 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4491 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4492 will be autoconfigured.
4493 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4494
4495 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4496 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4497 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4498 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4499 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4500
4501 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4502 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4503 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4504 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4505 are not truly general purpose).
4506 @quotation Note
4507 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4508 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4509 @end quotation
4510 @end deffn
4511 @end deffn
4512
4513 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4514 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4515 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4516 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4517 @end deffn
4518
4519 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4520 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4521 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4522 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4523 and executed.
4524 @end deffn
4525
4526 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4527 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4528 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4529
4530 @quotation Note
4531 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4532 driver:
4533 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4534 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4535 @end quotation
4536
4537 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4538 which must appear in the following order:
4539
4540 @itemize
4541 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4542 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4543 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4544 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4545 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4546 at which the core is running
4547 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4548 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4549 @quotation Note
4550 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4551 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4552 However, if you do provide it,
4553 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4554 @end quotation
4555 @end itemize
4556
4557 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4558
4559 @example
4560 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4561 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4562 @end example
4563
4564 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4565 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4566 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4567 @end deffn
4568 @end deffn
4569
4570 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4571 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4572 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4573 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4574 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4575 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4576
4577 @example
4578 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4579 @end example
4580 @end deffn
4581
4582 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4583 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4584 from NXP.
4585
4586 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4587 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4588 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4589 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4590 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4591 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4592 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4593 you start the PLL.
4594
4595 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4596
4597 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4598 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4599 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4600
4601 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4602 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4603 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4604 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4605 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4606 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4607 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4608
4609 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4610 @example
4611 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4612 @end example
4613
4614 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4615 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4616 @code{flash banks} command.
4617
4618 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4619 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4620 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4621 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4622 a known signature.
4623 Example:
4624 @example
4625 lpc2900 signature 0
4626 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4627 @end example
4628 @end deffn
4629
4630 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4631 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4632 saves it to a file in binary format.
4633 Example:
4634 @example
4635 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4636 @end example
4637 @end deffn
4638
4639 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4640 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4641 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4642 command:
4643
4644 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4645 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4646 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4647 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4648
4649 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4650 Example:
4651 @example
4652 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4653 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4654 @end example
4655 @end deffn
4656
4657 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4658 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4659 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4660 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4661 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4662 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4663 912 bytes.
4664 @quotation Attention
4665 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4666 @end quotation
4667 Example:
4668 @example
4669 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4670 @end example
4671 @end deffn
4672
4673 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4674 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4675 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4676 after the next power cycle.
4677 @quotation Attention
4678 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4679 @end quotation
4680 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4681 Example:
4682 @example
4683 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4684 flash info 0
4685 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4686 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4687 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4688 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4689 @end example
4690 @end deffn
4691
4692 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4693 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4694 effective after the next power cycle.
4695 @quotation Attention
4696 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4697 @end quotation
4698 Examples:
4699 @example
4700 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4701 @end example
4702 @end deffn
4703 @end deffn
4704
4705 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4706 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4707
4708 @example
4709 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4710 @end example
4711 @end deffn
4712
4713 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4714 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4715 and integrate flash memory.
4716
4717 @example
4718 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4719 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4720 @end example
4721
4722 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4723 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4724 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4725 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4726 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4727 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4728 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4729 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4730 @end deffn
4731 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4732 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4733 This will remove any Code Protection.
4734 @end deffn
4735 @end deffn
4736
4737 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4738 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4739 Texas Instruments
4740 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4741 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4742 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4743 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4744 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4745 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4746
4747 @example
4748 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4749 @end example
4750 @end deffn
4751
4752 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4753 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4754 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4755 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4756 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4757 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4758
4759 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4760 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4761 @quotation Warning
4762 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4763 applied to all of them.
4764 @end quotation
4765 @end deffn
4766
4767 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4768 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4769 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4770 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4771 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4772
4773 @example
4774 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4775 @end example
4776
4777 Some stm32x-specific commands
4778 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4779 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4780 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4781 are defined:
4782
4783 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4784 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4785 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4786 @end deffn
4787
4788 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4789 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4790 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4791 @end deffn
4792
4793 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4794 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4795 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4796 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4797 @end deffn
4798
4799 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4800 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4801 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4802 @end deffn
4803 @end deffn
4804
4805 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4806 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4807 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4808 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4809 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4810
4811 @example
4812 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4813 @end example
4814
4815 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4816 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4817 for the specified flash bank.
4818 @end deffn
4819 @end deffn
4820
4821 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4822 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4823 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4824 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4825 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4826
4827 @example
4828 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4829 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4830 @end example
4831
4832 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4833 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4834 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4835
4836 @itemize @bullet
4837 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4838 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4839 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4840 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4841 @end itemize
4842 @end deffn
4843
4844 @end deffn
4845
4846 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4847 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4848 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4849 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4850
4851 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4852
4853 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4854 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4855 @end deffn
4856
4857 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4858 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4859 @end deffn
4860
4861 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4862 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4863 the flash clock.
4864 @end deffn
4865 @end deffn
4866
4867 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4868 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4869 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4870
4871 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4872
4873 @itemize
4874 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4875 @end itemize
4876
4877 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4878 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4879 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4880 @example
4881 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4882 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4883 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4884 @end example
4885 @end deffn
4886
4887 @subsection str9xpec driver
4888 @cindex str9xpec
4889
4890 Here is some background info to help
4891 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4892 the str9:
4893 @enumerate
4894 @item
4895 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4896 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4897 @item
4898 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4899 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4900 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4901 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4902 @end enumerate
4903
4904 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4905 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4906 configured for flash bank 0.
4907 @example
4908 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4909 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4910 jtag_reset 0 1
4911 # turn off target polling
4912 poll off
4913 # disable str9 core
4914 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4915 # read option bytes
4916 str9xpec options_read 0
4917 # re-enable str9 core
4918 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4919 poll on
4920 reset halt
4921 @end example
4922 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4923 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4924 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4925 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4926
4927 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4928 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4929 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4930 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4931 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4932
4933 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4934
4935 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4936 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4937 @end deffn
4938
4939 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4940 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4941 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4942 @end deffn
4943
4944 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4945 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4946 erase the device.
4947 @end deffn
4948
4949 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4950 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4951 @end deffn
4952
4953 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4954 Configure str9 boot bank.
4955 @end deffn
4956
4957 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4958 Configure str9 lvd source.
4959 @end deffn
4960
4961 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4962 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4963 @end deffn
4964
4965 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4966 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4967 @end deffn
4968
4969 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4970 Read str9 option bytes.
4971 @end deffn
4972
4973 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4974 Write str9 option bytes.
4975 @end deffn
4976
4977 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4978 unlock str9 device.
4979 @end deffn
4980
4981 @end deffn
4982
4983
4984 @section mFlash
4985
4986 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4987 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4988
4989 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4990 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4991 address @var{base}.
4992 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4993 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4994
4995 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4996
4997 @example
4998 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4999 @end example
5000
5001 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5002
5003 @example
5004 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5005 @end example
5006 @end deffn
5007
5008 @subsection mFlash commands
5009 @cindex mFlash commands
5010
5011 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5012 Configure mflash PLL.
5013 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5014 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5015 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5016 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5017 @end deffn
5018
5019 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5020 Configure bootable option.
5021 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5022 (4kB) for boot.
5023 @end deffn
5024
5025 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5026 Configure storage information.
5027 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5028 written.
5029 @end deffn
5030
5031 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5032 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5033 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5034 @end deffn
5035
5036 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5037 Probe mflash.
5038 @end deffn
5039
5040 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5041 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5042 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5043 @end deffn
5044
5045 @node NAND Flash Commands
5046 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5047 @cindex NAND
5048
5049 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5050 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5051 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5052
5053 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5054 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5055 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5056 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5057 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5058 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5059
5060 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5061 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5062 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5063 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5064 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5065 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5066 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5067 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5068 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5069 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5070
5071 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5072 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5073 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5074 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5075 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5076 every 512 bytes of data.
5077
5078 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5079 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5080 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5081 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5082 ECC mode is used.
5083
5084 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5085 @enumerate
5086 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5087 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5088 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5089 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5090 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5091 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5092 to access that device.
5093 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5094 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5095 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5096 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5097 de-brick a board.
5098 @end enumerate
5099
5100 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5101 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5102 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5103 are only 32 bits wide.
5104 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5105 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5106 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5107 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5108
5109 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5110 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5111 @cindex NAND configuration
5112
5113 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5114 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5115 OpenOCD has initialized.
5116
5117 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5118 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5119 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5120 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5121 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5122 they were a single (larger) device.
5123 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5124 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5125
5126 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5127 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5128 configuration files, not interactively.
5129
5130 @itemize @bullet
5131 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5132 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5133 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5134 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5135 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5136 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5137 commands to the NAND controller.
5138 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5139 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5140 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5141 for more information.
5142 @end itemize
5143 @end deffn
5144
5145 @deffn Command {nand list}
5146 Prints a summary of each device declared
5147 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5148 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5149 @example
5150 > nand list
5151 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5152 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5153 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5154 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5155 >
5156 @end example
5157 @end deffn
5158
5159 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5160 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5161 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5162 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5163 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5164 it with most other NAND commands.
5165 @end deffn
5166
5167 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5168
5169 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5170 @cindex NAND reading
5171 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5172 starting at the specified offset.
5173 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5174
5175 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5176 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5177
5178 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5179 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5180 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5181
5182 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5183 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5184 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5185 method which handled that error correction.
5186
5187 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5188 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5189 @itemize @bullet
5190 @item no oob_* parameter
5191 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5192 @item @code{oob_raw}
5193 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5194 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5195 spare areas associated with each data page.
5196 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5197 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5198 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5199 @item @code{oob_only}
5200 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5201 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5202 spare areas associated with each data page.
5203 @end itemize
5204 @end deffn
5205
5206 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5207 @cindex NAND erasing
5208 @cindex NAND programming
5209 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5210 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5211 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5212 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5213 If those parameters are not specified,
5214 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5215 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5216
5217 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5218 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5219 block marker.
5220 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5221 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5222 @end deffn
5223
5224 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5225 @cindex NAND writing
5226 @cindex NAND programming
5227 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5228 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5229 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5230 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5231
5232 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5233 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5234
5235 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5236 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5237 past the end of the device.
5238 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5239 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5240 if that's being written.)
5241
5242 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5243 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5244 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5245
5246 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5247 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5248 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5249 @itemize @bullet
5250 @item no oob_* parameter
5251 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5252 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5253 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5254 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5255 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5256 @item @code{oob_only}
5257 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5258 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5259 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5260 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5261 @item @code{oob_raw}
5262 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5263 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5264 un-altered OOB.
5265 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5266 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5267 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5268 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5269 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5270 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5271 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5272 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5273 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5274 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5275 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5276 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5277 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5278 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5279 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5280 @end itemize
5281 @end deffn
5282
5283 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5284 @cindex NAND verification
5285 @cindex NAND programming
5286 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5287 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5288 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5289
5290 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5291 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5292
5293 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5294 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5295 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5296 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5297 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5298
5299 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5300 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5301 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5302
5303 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5304 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5305 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5306 be removed in a future release.
5307 @end deffn
5308
5309 @section Other NAND commands
5310 @cindex NAND other commands
5311
5312 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5313 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5314 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5315 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5316 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5317 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5318 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5319 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5320
5321 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5322 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5323 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5324 @end deffn
5325
5326 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5327 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5328 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5329 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5330 status for each block.
5331 @end deffn
5332
5333 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5334 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5335 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5336
5337 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5338 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5339 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5340 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5341 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5342
5343 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5344 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5345 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5346 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5347 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5348 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5349 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5350 @end deffn
5351
5352 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5353 @section NAND Driver List
5354 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5355 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5356 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5357
5358 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5359 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5360 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5361 address of the ECC controller.
5362 @example
5363 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5364 @end example
5365 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5366 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5367 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5368 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5369 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5370 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5371 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5372 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5373 @end deffn
5374 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5375 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5376 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5377 @end deffn
5378
5379 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5380 properly configured for input or output.
5381 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5382 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5383 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5384 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5385 @end deffn
5386 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5387 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5388 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5389 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5390 @end deffn
5391 @end deffn
5392
5393 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5394 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5395 chips from Texas Instruments.
5396 It takes three extra parameters:
5397 address of the NAND chip;
5398 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5399 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5400 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5401 @example
5402 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5403 @end example
5404 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5405 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5406 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5407 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5408 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5409 @end deffn
5410
5411 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5412 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5413 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5414 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5415 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5416 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5417 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5418 @end deffn
5419
5420 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5421 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5422 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5423 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5424 @end deffn
5425 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5426
5427 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5428 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5429 parameter: the address of the controller.
5430 @example
5431 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5432 @end example
5433 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5434 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5435 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5436 change any behavior.
5437 @end deffn
5438
5439 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5440 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5441 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5442 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5443 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5444 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5445 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5446 specialized commands.
5447 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5448 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5449 change any behavior.
5450 @end deffn
5451
5452 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5453 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5454 @cindex PLD
5455 @cindex FPGA
5456
5457 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5458 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5459 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5460 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5461 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5462 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5463 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5464
5465 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5466
5467 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5468 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5469 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5470
5471 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5472 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5473
5474 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5475 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5476 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5477 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5478 behavior.
5479 @end deffn
5480
5481 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5482 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5483 @end deffn
5484
5485 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5486 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5487 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5488 @end deffn
5489
5490 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5491
5492 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5493 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5494 that particular type of PLD.
5495
5496 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5497 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5498 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5499 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5500 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5501
5502 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5503 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5504 for FPGA @var{num}.
5505 @end deffn
5506 @end deffn
5507
5508 @node General Commands
5509 @chapter General Commands
5510 @cindex commands
5511
5512 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5513 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5514 commands are documented elsewhere.
5515
5516 Intent:
5517 @itemize @bullet
5518 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5519 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5520 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5521 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5522
5523 @item @b{From the human}
5524 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5525 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5526
5527 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5528 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5529 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5530
5531 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5532 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5533 port is 5555.
5534 @end itemize
5535
5536
5537 @section Daemon Commands
5538
5539 @deffn {Command} exit
5540 Exits the current telnet session.
5541 @end deffn
5542
5543 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5544 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5545 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5546 Not every command provides helptext.
5547
5548 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5549 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5550 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5551 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5552 @end deffn
5553
5554 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5555 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5556 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5557 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5558 Useful in connection with script files
5559 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5560 @end deffn
5561
5562 @deffn Command shutdown
5563 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5564 @end deffn
5565
5566 @anchor{debug_level}
5567 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5568 @cindex message level
5569 Display debug level.
5570 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5571 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5572 Level 0 is error messages only;
5573 level 1 adds warnings;
5574 level 2 adds informational messages;
5575 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5576 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5577 the command line along with the location of that log
5578 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5579 @xref{Running}.
5580 @end deffn
5581
5582 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5583 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5584 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5585 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5586 @example
5587 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5588 @end example
5589 @end deffn
5590
5591 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5592 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5593 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5594 @end deffn
5595
5596 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5597 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5598 @end deffn
5599
5600 @anchor{Target State handling}
5601 @section Target State handling
5602 @cindex reset
5603 @cindex halt
5604 @cindex target initialization
5605
5606 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5607 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5608 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5609 a current target which is used to perform the
5610 various operations. The current target may be changed
5611 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5612 target which should become current.
5613
5614 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5615 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5616 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5617 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5618 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5619
5620 @emph{With no arguments}:
5621 list all available registers for the current target,
5622 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5623 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5624 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5625 are flagged as such.
5626
5627 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5628
5629 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5630 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5631 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5632 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5633 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5634 relevant module will flush such values.
5635
5636 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5637 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5638
5639 @example
5640 > reg
5641 ===== ARM registers
5642 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5643 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5644 (2) r2 (/32)
5645 ...
5646 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5647 >
5648 @end example
5649 @end deffn
5650
5651 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5652 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5653 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5654 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5655 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5656 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5657 (and enter debug mode).
5658 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5659
5660 @quotation Warning
5661 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5662 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5663 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5664 power mode by gating the core clock;
5665 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5666
5667 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5668 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5669 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5670 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5671 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5672 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5673
5674 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5675 work with a JTAG debugger.
5676 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5677 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5678 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5679 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5680 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5681 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5682 @end quotation
5683
5684 @end deffn
5685
5686 @deffn Command resume [address]
5687 Resume the target at its current code position,
5688 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5689 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5690 @end deffn
5691
5692 @deffn Command step [address]
5693 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5694 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5695 @end deffn
5696
5697 @anchor{Reset Command}
5698 @deffn Command reset
5699 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5700 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5701 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5702 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5703 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5704 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5705
5706 The optional parameter specifies what should
5707 happen after the reset.
5708 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5709 The other options will not work on all systems.
5710 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5711
5712 @itemize @minus
5713 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5714 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5715 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5716 @end itemize
5717 @end deffn
5718
5719 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5720 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5721 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5722 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5723 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5724 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5725 state.
5726 @end deffn
5727
5728 @section I/O Utilities
5729
5730 These commands are available when
5731 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5732 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5733 notably the ZY1000.
5734 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5735
5736 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5737
5738 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5739 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5740 the text file @file{filename}.
5741 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5742 The last string is followed by a newline.
5743 @end deffn
5744
5745 @deffn Command cat filename
5746 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5747 @end deffn
5748
5749 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5750 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5751 into @file{dest_filename}.
5752 @end deffn
5753
5754 @deffn Command ip
5755 @emph{No description provided.}
5756 @end deffn
5757
5758 @deffn Command ls
5759 @emph{No description provided.}
5760 @end deffn
5761
5762 @deffn Command mac
5763 @emph{No description provided.}
5764 @end deffn
5765
5766 @deffn Command meminfo
5767 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5768 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5769 @end deffn
5770
5771 @deffn Command peek
5772 @emph{No description provided.}
5773 @end deffn
5774
5775 @deffn Command poke
5776 @emph{No description provided.}
5777 @end deffn
5778
5779 @deffn Command rm filename
5780 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5781 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5782 @end deffn
5783
5784 @deffn Command trunc filename
5785 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5786 @end deffn
5787
5788 @anchor{Memory access}
5789 @section Memory access commands
5790 @cindex memory access
5791
5792 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5793 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5794 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5795 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5796
5797 @enumerate
5798 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5799 to change the current target.
5800 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5801 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5802 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5803 @end enumerate
5804
5805 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5806 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5807 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5808 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5809 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5810 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5811 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5812 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5813 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5814 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5815 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5816 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5817 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5818 @end deffn
5819
5820 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5821 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5822 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5823 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5824 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5825 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5826 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5827 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5828 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5829 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5830 @end deffn
5831
5832
5833 @anchor{Image access}
5834 @section Image loading commands
5835 @cindex image loading
5836 @cindex image dumping
5837
5838 @anchor{dump_image}
5839 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5840 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5841 binary file named @var{filename}.
5842 @end deffn
5843
5844 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5845 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5846 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5847 @end deffn
5848
5849 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
5850 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5851 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5852 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5853 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5854 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5855 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5856 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5857 separately.
5858 @end deffn
5859
5860 @anchor{load_image}
5861 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5862 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5863 The file format may optionally be specified
5864 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
5865 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5866 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5867 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5868 @example
5869 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5870 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5871 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5872 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5873 @}
5874 @end example
5875 @end deffn
5876
5877 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5878 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5879 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5880 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5881 The file format may optionally be specified
5882 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5883 @end deffn
5884
5885 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5886 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5887 The file format may optionally be specified
5888 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5889 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5890 @end deffn
5891
5892
5893 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5894 @cindex breakpoint
5895 @cindex watchpoint
5896
5897 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5898 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5899 watchpoints.
5900 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5901
5902 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5903 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5904 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5905 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5906 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5907 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5908
5909 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5910 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5911 @end deffn
5912
5913 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5914 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5915 @end deffn
5916
5917 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5918 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5919 @end deffn
5920
5921 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5922 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5923 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5924 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5925 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5926 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5927 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5928 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5929 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5930 @end deffn
5931
5932 @section Misc Commands
5933
5934 @cindex profiling
5935 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5936 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5937 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5938 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5939 @end deffn
5940
5941 @deffn Command {version}
5942 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5943 @end deffn
5944
5945 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5946 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5947 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5948 @end deffn
5949
5950 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5951 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5952 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5953 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5954
5955 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5956 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5957 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5958 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5959
5960 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5961 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5962 @cindex tracing
5963 @cindex ETM
5964 @cindex ETB
5965
5966 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5967 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5968 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5969
5970 @itemize
5971 @item
5972 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5973 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5974 supports such an interface.
5975 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5976 and trace port support.)
5977 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5978 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5979 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5980 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5981 in the board-specific configuration file.
5982 @item
5983 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5984 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5985 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5986 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5987 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5988 @end itemize
5989
5990 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5991
5992 @quotation Issues
5993 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5994 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5995
5996 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5997 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5998 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5999 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6000 dummy trace port driver}.
6001
6002 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6003 as well as tracing only during specific states
6004 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6005
6006 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6007 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6008 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6009 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6010 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6011
6012 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6013 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6014 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6015 this original style of JTAG access.
6016 @end quotation
6017
6018 @subsection ETM Configuration
6019 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6020
6021 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6022 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6023 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6024
6025 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6026 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6027 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6028 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6029 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6030 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6031 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6032 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6033 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6034
6035 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6036 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6037 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6038
6039 @quotation Warning
6040 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6041 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6042 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6043 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6044 @end quotation
6045
6046 @quotation Note
6047 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6048 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6049 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6050 what CPU activities are traced.
6051 @end quotation
6052 @end deffn
6053
6054 @deffn Command {etm info}
6055 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6056 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6057 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6058 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6059 @end deffn
6060
6061 @deffn Command {etm status}
6062 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6063 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6064 Did trace data overflow?
6065 Was it triggered?
6066 @end deffn
6067
6068 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6069 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6070 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6071 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6072 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6073
6074 @itemize
6075 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6076 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6077 The value is one of
6078 @option{none} (save nothing),
6079 @option{data} (save data),
6080 @option{address} (save addresses),
6081 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6082 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6083 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6084 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6085 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6086 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6087 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6088 trace stream without an image of the code.
6089 @end itemize
6090 @end deffn
6091
6092 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6093 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6094 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6095 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6096 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6097
6098 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6099 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6100 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6101 @end deffn
6102
6103 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6104
6105 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6106 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6107 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6108
6109 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6110 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6111 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6112 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6113 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6114 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6115 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6116
6117 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6118
6119 @itemize
6120 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6121 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6122 for instruction access within that function's body.
6123 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6124 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6125 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6126 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6127 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6128 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6129 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6130 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6131 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6132 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6133 @item @emph{... more}
6134 @end itemize
6135
6136 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6137 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6138
6139 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6140 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6141 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6142 @end deffn
6143
6144 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6145 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6146 @end deffn
6147
6148 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6149 Opens an image file.
6150 @end deffn
6151
6152 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6153 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6154 @end deffn
6155
6156 @deffn Command {etm start}
6157 Starts trace data collection.
6158 @end deffn
6159
6160 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6161 Stops trace data collection.
6162 @end deffn
6163
6164 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6165 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6166
6167 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6168
6169 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6170 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6171 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6172 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6173 any trace data collection.}
6174 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6175 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6176 @end deffn
6177 @end deffn
6178
6179 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6180 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6181 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6182 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6183 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6184 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6185 @end deffn
6186 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6187 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6188 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6189 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6190 trace trigger becomes active.
6191
6192 @itemize
6193 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6194 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6195 afterwards.
6196 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6197 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6198 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6199 what caused that event to happen.
6200 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6201 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6202 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6203 how the event caused trouble.
6204 @end itemize
6205 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6206 @end deffn
6207
6208 @end deffn
6209
6210 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6211 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6212 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6213 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6214 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6215
6216 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6217 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6218
6219 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6220 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6221 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6222 @end deffn
6223
6224 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6225 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6226 @end deffn
6227
6228 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6229 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6230 @end deffn
6231 @end deffn
6232
6233
6234 @section Generic ARM
6235 @cindex ARM
6236
6237 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6238 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6239 commands that may be available.
6240
6241 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6242 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6243 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6244 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6245 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6246 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6247 @end deffn
6248
6249 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6250 @cindex disassemble
6251 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6252 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6253 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6254 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6255 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6256 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6257 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6258
6259 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6260 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6261 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6262 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6263 with a handful of exceptions.
6264 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6265 @end deffn
6266
6267 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6268 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6269 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6270 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6271 and using the MCR instruction.
6272 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6273 an ARM register.)
6274 @end deffn
6275
6276 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6277 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6278 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6279 and the MRC instruction.
6280 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6281 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6282 an ARM register.)
6283 @end deffn
6284
6285 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6286 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6287 core mode if necessary.
6288 @end deffn
6289
6290 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6291 @cindex ARM semihosting
6292 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6293
6294 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6295 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6296 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6297 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6298 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6299 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6300 @end deffn
6301
6302 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6303 @cindex ARMv4
6304 @cindex ARMv5
6305
6306 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6307 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6308 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6309 variant.
6310
6311 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6312 @cindex ARM7
6313 @cindex ARM9
6314
6315 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6316 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6317 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6318 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6319
6320 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6321 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6322 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6323 instead of breakpoints.
6324 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6325
6326 This should be
6327 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6328 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6329 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6330 @end deffn
6331
6332 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6333 @cindex DCC
6334 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6335 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6336 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6337
6338 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6339 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6340 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6341 @end deffn
6342
6343 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6344 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6345 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6346 that don't check completion of the operation.
6347 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6348
6349 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6350 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6351 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6352 @end deffn
6353
6354 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6355 @cindex ARM720T
6356
6357 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6358 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6359 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6360 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6361
6362 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6363 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6364 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6365
6366 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6367 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6368 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6369 @end deffn
6370
6371 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6372 @cindex ARM9
6373
6374 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6375 integer processors.
6376 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6377
6378 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6379 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6380 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6381 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6382
6383 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6384 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6385 @cindex vector_catch
6386 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6387 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6388 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6389 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6390 to those hardware vectors.
6391
6392 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6393 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6394 vector catch hardware to intercept
6395 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6396 @option{none} of them,
6397 or a list with one or more of the following:
6398 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6399 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6400 @end deffn
6401
6402 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6403 @cindex ARM920T
6404
6405 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6406 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6407 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6408 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6409 and ARM9 commands.
6410
6411 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6412 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6413 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6414 @end deffn
6415
6416 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6417 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6418 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6419 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6420 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6421 (Not all registers can be written.)
6422 @end deffn
6423
6424 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6425 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6426 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6427
6428 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6429 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6430 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6431 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6432 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6433 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6434 @end deffn
6435
6436 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6437 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6438 @end deffn
6439
6440 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6441 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6442 @end deffn
6443
6444 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6445 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6446
6447 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6448 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6449 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6450 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6451 and ARM9 commands.
6452
6453 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6454 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6455
6456 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6457 Print information about the caches found.
6458 @end deffn
6459
6460 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6461 @cindex ARM966E
6462
6463 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6464 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6465 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6466 and ARM9 commands.
6467
6468 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6469 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6470 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6471 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6472 ARM966E-S TRM.
6473 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6474 as required for BIST support.
6475 @end deffn
6476
6477 @subsection XScale specific commands
6478 @cindex XScale
6479
6480 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6481
6482 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6483 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6484 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6485 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6486 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6487 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6488 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6489
6490 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6491 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6492 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6493 the mini-IC.
6494
6495 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6496 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6497 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6498 code layout in memory:
6499 @example
6500 _vectors:
6501 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6502 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6503 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6504 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6505 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6506 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6507 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6508 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6509 .org 0x100
6510 .long real_reset_vector
6511 .long real_ui_handler
6512 .long real_swi_handler
6513 .long real_pf_abort
6514 .long real_data_abort
6515 .long 0 /* unused */
6516 .long real_irq_handler
6517 .long real_fiq_handler
6518 @end example
6519
6520 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6521 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6522 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6523 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6524 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6525 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6526 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6527 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6528 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6529 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6530 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6531 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6532 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6533 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6534 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6535 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6536 software.
6537
6538 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6539 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6540 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6541 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6542
6543 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6544 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6545 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6546 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6547 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6548 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6549 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6550 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6551 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6552
6553 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6554 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6555
6556 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6557 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6558 @end deffn
6559
6560 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6561 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6562 @end deffn
6563
6564 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6565 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6566 @end deffn
6567
6568 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6569 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6570 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6571 @end deffn
6572
6573 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6574 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6575 @end deffn
6576
6577 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6578 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6579 @end deffn
6580
6581 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6582 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6583 @end deffn
6584
6585 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6586 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6587 @end deffn
6588
6589 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6590 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6591 @end deffn
6592
6593 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6594 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6595 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6596 and modifying how it is emptied.
6597 @end deffn
6598
6599 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6600 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6601 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6602 The image @var{type} may be one of
6603 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6604 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6605 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6606 @end deffn
6607
6608 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6609 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6610 @cindex vector_catch
6611 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6612 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6613
6614 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6615 @example
6616 0x01 Trap Reset
6617 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6618 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6619 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6620 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6621 0x20 reserved
6622 0x40 Trap IRQ
6623 0x80 Trap FIQ
6624 @end example
6625 @end deffn
6626
6627 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6628 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6629 @cindex vector_table
6630
6631 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6632 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6633 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6634 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6635 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6636
6637 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6638
6639 @end deffn
6640
6641 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6642 @cindex ARMv6
6643
6644 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6645 @cindex ARM11
6646
6647 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6648 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6649 which is enabled by default.
6650 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6651 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6652 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6653 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6654 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6655 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6656 @end deffn
6657
6658 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6659 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6660 which is enabled by default.
6661 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6662 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6663 @end deffn
6664
6665 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6666 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6667 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6668 they are disabled by default.
6669 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6670 @end deffn
6671
6672 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6673 @cindex vector_catch
6674 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6675 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6676 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6677
6678 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6679 for certain hardware events.
6680 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6681 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6682 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6683 @end deffn
6684
6685 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6686 @cindex ARMv7
6687
6688 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6689 @cindex Debug Access Port
6690 @cindex DAP
6691 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6692 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6693 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6694
6695 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6696 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6697 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6698 @end deffn
6699
6700 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6701 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6702 @end deffn
6703
6704 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6705 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6706 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6707 @end deffn
6708
6709 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6710 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6711 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6712 @end deffn
6713
6714 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6715 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6716 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6717 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6718 @end deffn
6719
6720 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6721 @cindex Cortex-M3
6722
6723 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6724 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6725
6726 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6727 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6728 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6729 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6730 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6731 the step command leaves with the core running.
6732
6733 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6734 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6735 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6736
6737 Default is @option{auto}.
6738 @end deffn
6739
6740 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6741 @cindex vector_catch
6742 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6743 for certain hardware events.
6744
6745 Parameters request interception of
6746 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6747 @option{none} of them,
6748 or one or more of the following:
6749 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6750 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6751 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6752 @option{irq_err},
6753 @option{state_err},
6754 @option{chk_err}, or
6755 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6756 @option{reset}.
6757 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6758 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6759 are mapped to HardFault.
6760 UsageFault checks for
6761 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6762 must also be explicitly enabled.
6763
6764 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6765 @end deffn
6766
6767 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6768 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6769 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6770 @itemize @minus
6771 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6772 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6773 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6774 @end itemize
6775 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6776 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6777 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6778 the peripherals.
6779 @xref{Target Events}.
6780 @end deffn
6781
6782 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6783 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6784 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6785 @cindex tracing
6786 @cindex libdcc
6787 @cindex DCC
6788 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6789 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6790 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6791 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6792
6793 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6794 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6795 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6796 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6797 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6798 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6799
6800 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6801 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6802 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6803 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6804 The target being debugged may
6805 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6806 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6807 each supported by a command:
6808
6809 @itemize
6810 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6811 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6812 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6813 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6814
6815 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6816 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6817 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6818
6819 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6820 and then displayed at any time.
6821 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6822
6823 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6824 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6825 @end itemize
6826
6827 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6828 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6829 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6830 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6831 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6832 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6833 does the same thing.
6834
6835 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6836 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6837 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6838 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6839 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6840
6841 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6842 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6843 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6844 @end deffn
6845
6846 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6847 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6848 in the order they triggered.
6849 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6850 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6851 history records.
6852 @end deffn
6853
6854 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6855 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6856 they have been triggered.
6857 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6858 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6859 and associates it with that identifier.
6860
6861 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6862 are not related except by this command.
6863 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6864 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6865 @end deffn
6866
6867
6868 @node JTAG Commands
6869 @chapter JTAG Commands
6870 @cindex JTAG Commands
6871 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6872 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6873 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6874 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6875 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6876
6877 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6878 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6879
6880 @itemize @bullet
6881 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6882 devices such as a CPUs.
6883 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6884 standard state machine (in parallel)
6885 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6886 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6887 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6888 while the reading previous ones.
6889 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6890 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6891 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6892 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6893 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6894 registers.
6895 @end itemize
6896
6897 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6898
6899 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6900 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6901 the order of TAP state transitions.
6902 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6903 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6904 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6905 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6906 these commands are not available.
6907
6908 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6909 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6910 that specify the entire register.
6911 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6912 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6913 The return value holds the original value of each
6914 of those fields.
6915
6916 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6917 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6918 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6919 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6920 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6921
6922 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6923 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6924
6925 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6926 in that state.
6927 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6928 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6929 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6930
6931 @quotation Warning
6932 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6933 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6934 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6935 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6936 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6937 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6938 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6939 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6940 @end quotation
6941 @end deffn
6942
6943 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6944 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6945 This may be used for performance tuning.
6946
6947 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6948 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6949 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6950 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6951 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6952 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6953 @end deffn
6954
6955 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6956 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6957 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6958 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6959 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6960 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6961
6962 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6963 in that state.
6964 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6965 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6966 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6967
6968 @quotation Note
6969 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6970 register values, unlike data register values.
6971 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6972 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6973 @end quotation
6974 @end deffn
6975
6976 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6977 Set values of reset signals.
6978 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6979 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6980 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6981 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6982 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6983 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6984 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6985
6986 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6987 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6988 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6989 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6990 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6991 instead of the TRST signal.
6992 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6993 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6994 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6995 with handlers for that event.
6996 @end deffn
6997
6998 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6999 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7000 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7001 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7002 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7003 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7004 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7005 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7006 The final state must also be stable.
7007 @end deffn
7008
7009 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7010 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7011 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7012 Instructions often need some time
7013 to execute before they take effect.
7014 @end deffn
7015
7016 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7017 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7018
7019 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7020 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7021 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7022 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7023 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7024 @end deffn
7025
7026 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7027 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7028 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7029 must also be enabled.
7030 Default is enabled.
7031 @end deffn
7032
7033 @section TAP state names
7034 @cindex TAP state names
7035
7036 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7037 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7038 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7039 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7040
7041 @itemize @bullet
7042 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7043 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7044 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7045 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7046 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7047 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7048 through the data register
7049 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7050 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7051 for update or more shifting
7052 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7053 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7054 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7055 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7056 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7057 through the instruction register
7058 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7059 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7060 for update or more shifting
7061 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7062 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7063 @end itemize
7064
7065 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7066 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7067 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7068 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7069
7070 @itemize @bullet
7071 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7072 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7073 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7074 may not be as expected.
7075 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7076 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7077 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7078 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7079 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7080 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7081 @end itemize
7082
7083 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7084 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7085
7086 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7087 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7088 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7089 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7090
7091 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7092 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7093 @cindex SVF
7094
7095 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7096 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7097 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7098 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7099
7100 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7101 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7102 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7103 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7104 each command is logged before it is executed.
7105 @end deffn
7106
7107 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7108 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7109 @cindex XSVF
7110
7111 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7112 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7113 Xilinx devices.
7114 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7115 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7116
7117 @quotation Important
7118 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7119 @end quotation
7120
7121 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7122 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7123 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7124 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7125 that TAP.
7126 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7127 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7128 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7129 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7130 @end deffn
7131
7132 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7133 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7134 after building the software.
7135 You may find them useful:
7136
7137 @itemize
7138 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7139 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7140 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7141 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7142 @end itemize
7143
7144 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7145 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7146 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7147 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7148 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7149 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7150 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7151
7152
7153 @node TFTP
7154 @chapter TFTP
7155 @cindex TFTP
7156 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7157 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7158
7159 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7160 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7161 server (tftpd). For example,
7162
7163 @example
7164 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7165 @end example
7166
7167 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7168 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7169
7170 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7171 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7172 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7173 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7174
7175 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7176 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7177 @cindex GDB
7178 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7179 to debug remote targets.
7180 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7181
7182 @itemize
7183 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7184 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7185 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7186 as shown in this chapter.
7187 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7188 that also will probably need to be configured.
7189 @end itemize
7190
7191 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7192 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7193 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7194 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7195 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7196 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7197
7198 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7199 @section Connecting to GDB
7200 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7201 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7202 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7203 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7204 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7205
7206 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7207
7208 @enumerate
7209 @item
7210 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7211 @example
7212 target remote localhost:3333
7213 @end example
7214 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7215 @item
7216 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7217 @example
7218 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7219 @end example
7220 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7221 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7222 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7223 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7224 @end enumerate
7225
7226 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7227 GDB command line.
7228
7229 @section Sample GDB session startup
7230
7231 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7232 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7233 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7234 small ARM program.
7235 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7236 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7237
7238 @example
7239 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7240 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7241 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7242 ...
7243 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7244 ...
7245 (gdb) load
7246 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7247 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7248 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7249 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7250 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7251 (gdb) continue
7252 Continuing.
7253 ...
7254 @end example
7255
7256 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7257 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7258 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7259 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7260
7261 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7262
7263 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7264 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7265 packet size and the device's memory map.
7266 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7267 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7268 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7269
7270 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7271 You may need to set those up by hand.
7272 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7273 something like:
7274
7275 @example
7276 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7277 @end example
7278
7279 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7280
7281 @example
7282 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7283 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7284 @end example
7285
7286 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7287 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7288 do not have such restrictions.
7289
7290 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7291 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7292 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7293
7294 @example
7295 define hook-step
7296 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7297 end
7298 define hookpost-step
7299 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7300 end
7301 @end example
7302
7303 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7304 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7305 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7306 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7307
7308 @section Programming using GDB
7309 @cindex Programming using GDB
7310
7311 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7312 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7313 @example
7314 gdb_memory_map disable
7315 @end example
7316 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7317 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7318 working area.
7319
7320 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7321 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7322 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7323 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7324
7325 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7326 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7327
7328 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7329 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7330 @example
7331 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7332 @end example
7333
7334 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7335 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7336
7337 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7338 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7339 will be used.
7340
7341 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7342 script can be executed:
7343 @example
7344 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7345 @end example
7346
7347 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7348 can be used.
7349 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7350 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7351 @cindex SMP
7352 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7353 @itemize @bullet
7354 @item j - smp status request
7355 @item J - smp set request
7356 @end itemize
7357
7358 OpenOCD implements :
7359 @itemize @bullet
7360 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7361 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7362 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7363 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7364 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7365 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7366 @end itemize
7367
7368 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7369 @itemize @bullet
7370 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7371 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7372 @example
7373 set $_core 1
7374 #Jc01 packet is sent
7375 print $_core
7376 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7377 @end example
7378
7379 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7380 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7381
7382 @example
7383 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7384 define toggle0
7385 maint packet Jc0
7386 continue
7387 main packet Jc-1
7388 end
7389 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7390 define toggle1
7391 maint packet Jc1
7392 continue
7393 main packet Jc-1
7394 end
7395 @end example
7396 @end itemize
7397
7398
7399 @node Tcl Scripting API
7400 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7401 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7402 @cindex Tcl scripts
7403 @section API rules
7404
7405 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7406 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7407 information as an argument to each proc.
7408
7409 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7410 pair list and lists.
7411
7412 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7413 list.
7414
7415 @verbatim
7416
7417 > set foo(me) Duane
7418 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7419 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7420 > set foo(duck) Donald
7421
7422 If one does this:
7423
7424 > set foo
7425
7426 The result is:
7427
7428 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7429
7430 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7431
7432 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7433 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7434 }
7435 @end verbatim
7436
7437 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7438 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7439
7440 @section Internal low-level Commands
7441
7442 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7443
7444 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7445 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7446 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7447
7448 @itemize @bullet
7449 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7450
7451 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7452 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7453
7454 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7455 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7456
7457 Return information about the flash banks
7458 @end itemize
7459
7460 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7461 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7462 called "flash_banks".
7463
7464 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7465
7466 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7467 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7468 holds one of the following values:
7469
7470 @itemize @bullet
7471 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7472 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7473 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7474 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7475 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7476 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7477 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7478 @end itemize
7479
7480 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7481
7482 @quotation Note
7483 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7484 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7485 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7486 is jim, not real tcl).
7487 @end quotation
7488
7489 @node FAQ
7490 @chapter FAQ
7491 @cindex faq
7492 @enumerate
7493 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7494 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7495 @cindex RTCK
7496 @cindex adaptive clocking
7497 @*
7498
7499 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7500 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7501 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7502 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7503
7504 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7505 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7506 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7507 @enumerate
7508 @item
7509 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7510 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7511 @item
7512 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7513 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7514 @end enumerate
7515
7516 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7517 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7518 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7519 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7520 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7521 power).
7522
7523 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7524 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7525 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7526 ARM926 scenario).
7527 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7528 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7529 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7530
7531 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7532 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7533 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7534 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7535
7536 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7537
7538 In order to make use of this,
7539 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7540 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7541
7542 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7543 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7544 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7545 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7546 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7547
7548 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7549 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7550 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7551 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7552
7553 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7554 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7555 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7556 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7557 with a CPLD.
7558 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7559 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7560 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7561 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7562 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7563 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7564
7565 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7566
7567 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7568
7569 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7570 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7571 depending on the chips on your board.
7572 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7573 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7574 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7575
7576 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7577 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7578 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7579
7580 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7581 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7582 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7583 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7584
7585 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7586 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7587 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7588 this way.
7589
7590 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7591 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7592 clock rate.
7593 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7594 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7595 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7596
7597 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7598
7599 @example
7600 # Example: 1.234MHz
7601 adapter_khz 1234
7602 @end example
7603
7604
7605 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7606
7607 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7608 around Windows filenames.
7609
7610 @example
7611 > echo \a
7612
7613 > echo @{\a@}
7614 \a
7615 > echo "\a"
7616
7617 >
7618 @end example
7619
7620
7621 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7622
7623 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7624 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7625 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7626
7627 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7628 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7629 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7630
7631 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7632 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7633 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7634
7635 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7636
7637 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7638 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7639 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7640 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7641
7642 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7643 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7644 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7645
7646 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7647 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7648
7649 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7650 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7651 memory read caused data abort".
7652
7653 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7654 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7655 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7656 be done, feel free to add this here.
7657
7658 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7659 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7660 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7661 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7662 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7663 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7664 gracefully stops.
7665
7666 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7667 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7668 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7669
7670 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7671 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7672 bytes. Painful...
7673
7674
7675 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7676 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7677
7678 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7679 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7680 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7681 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7682 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7683 reset, everything else should work fine.
7684
7685 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7686 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7687 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7688 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7689
7690 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7691 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7692 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7693 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7694
7695 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7696
7697 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7698 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7699 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7700 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7701
7702 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7703 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7704 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7705 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7706
7707 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7708 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7709 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7710
7711 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7712 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7713
7714 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7715 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7716 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7717 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7718 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7719 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7720 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7721 clock frequency?
7722
7723 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7724 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7725 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7726 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7727 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7728
7729 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7730
7731 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7732 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7733 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7734 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7735 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7736 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7737 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7738
7739 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7740
7741 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7742 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7743 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7744 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7745
7746 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7747 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7748 particular order?
7749
7750 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7751 the same order used by the hardware.
7752
7753 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7754 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7755 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7756 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7757 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7758 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7759
7760 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7761 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7762 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7763 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7764
7765 @itemize @bullet
7766 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7767 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7768 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7769 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7770 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7771 @end itemize
7772
7773 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7774
7775 @itemize @bullet
7776 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7777 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7778 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7779 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7780 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7781 @end itemize
7782
7783
7784 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7785 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7786 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7787
7788 TODO.
7789
7790 @end enumerate
7791
7792 @node Tcl Crash Course
7793 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7794 @cindex Tcl
7795
7796 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7797 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7798 how the Tcl scripts work.
7799
7800 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7801 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7802 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7803 OpenOCD.
7804
7805 @section Tcl Rule #1
7806 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7807 @enumerate
7808 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7809 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7810 @end enumerate
7811
7812 The Tcl equal is this:
7813
7814 @enumerate
7815 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7816 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7817 @end enumerate
7818
7819 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7820 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7821
7822 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7823 There is a second pair of rules.
7824 @enumerate
7825 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7826 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7827 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7828 in Tcl.
7829 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7830 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7831 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7832 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7833 @end enumerate
7834
7835 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7836 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7837 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7838 Everything is a string}
7839
7840 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7841 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7842 difference is subtle.
7843 @enumerate
7844 @item Parse Time
7845 @item Evaluation Time
7846 @end enumerate
7847
7848 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7849 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7850 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7851
7852 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7853 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7854 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7855 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7856
7857 @itemize @bullet
7858 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7859 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7860 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7861 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7862 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7863 @example
7864 # bash example
7865 X=`date`
7866 echo "The Date is: $X"
7867 # Tcl example
7868 set X [date]
7869 puts "The Date is: $X"
7870 @end example
7871 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7872 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7873 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7874 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7875 is a string}
7876 @example
7877 set x "Dinner"
7878 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7879 @end example
7880 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7881 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7882 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7883 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7884 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7885 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7886 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7887 @end itemize
7888
7889 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7890
7891 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7892
7893 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7894
7895 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7896 the normal way.
7897
7898 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7899 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7900 line is immedatly executed.
7901
7902 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7903 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7904
7905 @subsection Command Execution
7906
7907 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7908 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7909 control flow operators.
7910
7911 Commands are executed like this:
7912
7913 @enumerate
7914 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7915 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7916 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7917 @end enumerate
7918
7919 It sort of works like this:
7920 @example
7921 for(;;)@{
7922 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7923
7924 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7925
7926 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7927 @}
7928 @end example
7929
7930 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7931 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7932 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7933 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7934 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7935 ``LookupCommand()''
7936
7937 @subsection The FOR command
7938
7939 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7940 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7941 command just like any other command.
7942
7943 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7944 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7945 are:
7946
7947 @enumerate 0
7948 @item The ascii text 'for'
7949 @item The start text
7950 @item The test expression
7951 @item The next text
7952 @item The body text
7953 @end enumerate
7954
7955 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7956 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7957 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7958 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7959
7960 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7961 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7962
7963 @example
7964 int
7965 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7966 int *argc,
7967 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7968 @end example
7969
7970 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7971 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7972 still operates in the same basic way.
7973
7974 @subsection FOR command implementation
7975
7976 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7977 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7978
7979 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7980
7981 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7982
7983 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7984 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7985 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7986
7987 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7988 expression and returns a value.
7989
7990 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7991 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7992 @example
7993 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7994
7995 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7996
7997 int
7998 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7999 int argc,
8000 char **argv )
8001 @{
8002 if( argc != 5 )@{
8003 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8004 return ERROR;
8005 @}
8006
8007 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8008
8009 // Execute the start statement.
8010 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8011
8012 // Top of loop test
8013 for(;;)@{
8014 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8015 if( i == 0 )
8016 break;
8017
8018 // Execute the body
8019 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8020
8021 // Execute the LOOP part
8022 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8023 @}
8024
8025 // Return no error
8026 SetResult( interp, "" );
8027 return SUCCESS;
8028 @}
8029 @end example
8030
8031 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8032 in the same basic way.
8033
8034 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8035
8036 @subsection source and find commands
8037 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8038 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8039 @*Remember the parsing rules
8040 @enumerate
8041 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8042 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8043 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8044 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8045 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8046 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8047 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8048 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8049 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8050 @end enumerate
8051 @subsection format command
8052 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8053 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8054 @b{sprintf()}.
8055 @b{Example}
8056 @example
8057 set x 6
8058 set y 7
8059 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8060 @end example
8061 @enumerate
8062 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8063 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8064 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8065 @* Refer to Rule #1
8066 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8067 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8068 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8069 @end enumerate
8070 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8071 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8072 @example
8073 #1 Good
8074 proc someproc @{@} @{
8075 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8076 @}
8077 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8078 #2 Good - no variables
8079 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8080 #3 Good Curly Braces
8081 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8082 puts "Time: [date]"
8083 @}
8084 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8085 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8086 @end example
8087 @enumerate
8088 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8089 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8090 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8091 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8092 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8093 command.
8094 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8095 @*There are 4 examples:
8096 @enumerate
8097 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8098 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8099 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8100 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8101 @end enumerate
8102
8103 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8104 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8105 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8106
8107 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8108 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8109 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8110 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8111 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8112 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8113 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8114 @end enumerate
8115 @subsection Global Variables
8116 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8117 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8118 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8119 @example
8120 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8121 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8122 global x #Global variable X
8123 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8124 @}
8125 @end example
8126 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8127 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8128 @example
8129 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8130 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8131 # Create var name
8132 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8133 # Make it a global
8134 global $vn
8135 # Set it.
8136 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8137 @}
8138 @end example
8139 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8140 @example
8141 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8142 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8143 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8144 @}
8145 @end example
8146
8147 @include fdl.texi
8148
8149 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8150 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8151 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8152 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8153 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8154 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8155
8156 @printindex cp
8157
8158 @node Command and Driver Index
8159 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8160 @printindex fn
8161
8162 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)